PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING CORP
424B3, 1997-08-26
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: STERI OSS INC, S-1, 1997-08-26
Next: PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING CORP, 8-K, 1997-08-26




Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
Registration  Statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission and has become  effective.  This  Prospectus
shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor
shall  there be any sale of these  securities  in any State in which such offer,
solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to  registration  or  qualification
under the securities laws of such State.

                              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                              DATED AUGUST 22, 1997

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED DECEMBER 2, 1994)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           $210,000,000 (APPROXIMATE)
                  FIRST SIERRA EQUIPMENT CONTRACT TRUST 1997-1
                   % EQUIPMENT CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, CLASS A
                          FIRST SIERRA FINANCIAL, INC.
                             ORIGINATOR AND SERVICER
               PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING CORPORATION
                                    DEPOSITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Class A Equipment Contract Backed Notes (the "Class A Notes") hereby offered
by Prudential  Securities Secured Financing  Corporation  represent the right to
receive  repayment of the Initial Class A Note Principal  Balance  ($210,000,000
(approximate))  of the Class A Notes and monthly  interest at a rate of ___% per
annum on the unpaid  portion  of such  principal  amount.  The Class A Notes are
backed solely by a pledge of the assets of the First Sierra  Equipment  Contract
Trust 1997-1 (the  "Trust")  formed  pursuant to a Trust  Agreement  (the "Trust
Agreement"),  dated as of September 1, 1997, among First Sierra  Receivables IV,
Inc. (the  "Transferor"),  Prudential  Securities Secured Financing  Corporation
(the "Depositor") and [Delaware Trust Company], as the owner trustee (the "Owner
Trustee").  The  Class A Notes  will  be  issued  by the  Trust  pursuant  to an
indenture of trust dated as of September 1, 1997 (the  "Indenture")  between the
Trust and Bankers  Trust  Company,  as the  indenture  trustee  (the  "Indenture
Trustee"). The assets of the Trust will consist of certain operating and finance
leases and  commercial  loans  (collectively,  the  "Contracts"),  the  security
interest  of  the  Originator  or  its  affiliate,  which  was  acquired  by the
Originator or such  affiliate at the time of its  origination or purchase of the
related  Contracts in the underlying  equipment or other property  securing such
contracts  (collectively,  the  "Equipment,"  together with the  Contracts,  the
"Receivables") and certain other property.

Principal  and  interest  will be paid to the  holders of the Class A Notes (the
"Class  A  Noteholders")  monthly  on the  10th  day  (or,  if such day is not a
Business Day, on the next  succeeding  Business Day  thereafter)  of each month,
commencing on October 10, 1997 (each, a "Payment  Date"),  as further  described
herein.  Interest  will accrue on the Class A Notes from Payment Date to Payment
Date, or with respect to the initial  Payment Date, from September 10, 1997. The
final  payment of principal  and interest on the Class A notes is expected to be
made on the _________  Payment Date (the "Expected  Final Payment Date") but, in
any event, shall be made no later than the ________ Payment Date.

                            -------------------------
                            DRESDNER KLEINWORT BENSON
                            -------------------------
                                          Dresdner Bank, AG, New York Branch
                                          ADVISOR

The Class A Notes will be unconditionally  and irrevocably  guaranteed as to the
payment of scheduled  interest and ultimate  principal  thereon  pursuant to the
terms of a note insurance policy (the "Note Insurance Policy") to be issued by

                                  MBIA [LOGO]
                                                  (COVER CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

THE NOTES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS
IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR, THE ORIGINATOR,  THE SERVICER, ANY SUCCESSOR
SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR THE
UNDERLYING  RECEIVABLES WILL BE GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY
OR INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE ORIGINATOR OR THE SERVICER. SEE ALSO
"RISK FACTORS" HEREIN AND "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS" IN THE PROSPECTUS.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS"
ON PAGE S-18 HEREOF AND  "SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS"  BEGINNING  ON PAGE 15 IN THE
PROSPECTUS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Initial Public         Underwriting       Proceeds To
                                                        Offering Price(1)        Discount        Depositor (2)
                                                        -----------------      ------------      -------------
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>              <C>    
Per Class A Equipment Contract Backed Note..........             %                      %                 %
Total...............................................     $                      $                $

</TABLE>

- ------------------
(1)  Plus accrued interest from September ___, 1997.
(2)  Before deducting expenses, estimated to be [$______].

                             ----------------------

The  Class  A Notes  are  offered  subject  to  receipt  and  acceptance  by the
Underwriters,  to prior sale and to the Underwriters'  right to reject any order
in whole or in part and withdraw, cancel, or modify any order without notice. It
is expected that the Class A Notes will be made in  book-entry  form through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company on or about September ___, 1997.

PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED             FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.

September ___, 1997

<PAGE>

(cover page continued)

     First Sierra  Financial,  Inc., a financial  services and asset  management
company ("First Sierra" or the  "Originator"),  together with certain affiliates
and certain trusts sponsored by the Originator or its affiliates,  will transfer
the Receivables to First Sierra Receivables IV, Inc. (the "Transferor") pursuant
to one or  more  Receivables  Transfer  Agreements  (the  "Receivables  Transfer
Agreements").  The  Transferor  will, in turn,  transfer the  Receivables to the
Depositor pursuant to the Depositor Transfer Agreement (the "Depositor  Transfer
Agreement"  together with the  Receivables  Transfer  Agreements,  the "Transfer
Agreements")  dated as of September 1, 1997 among the  Transferor,  First Sierra
and Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation (the "Depositor"), which
will  deposit  the  Receivables  into the  Trust.  The  Trust  will  pledge  the
Receivables to the Indenture  Trustee (i) for the benefit of the Noteholders and
the Note Insurer  pursuant to the Indenture and (ii) solely to the extent of the
Class B-2 credit  provider's  right to receive its fee and  reimbursement of any
amounts drawn on the letter of credit  supporting  the Class B-2 Notes,  for the
benefit of the Class B-2 credit  provider.  First  Sierra,  in its  capacity  as
servicer (the "Servicer") will service the Receivables pursuant to the Servicing
Agreement  dated as of September 1, 1997 (the "Servicing  Agreement")  among the
Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee.

     THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
OFFERING  OF THE  CLASS A NOTES.  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  IS  CONTAINED  IN THE
PROSPECTUS  AND  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND THE  PROSPECTUS  IN FULL.  SALES OF THE CLASS A NOTES MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED  UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS.

                            -----------------------

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE CLASS A NOTES
AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                            -----------------------
                    
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Depositor has filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  a  Registration  Statement  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  with respect to the Class A Notes offered  pursuant to this Prospectus
Supplement. This Prospectus Supplement and the related Prospectus,  which form a
part of the Registration  Statement,  omit certain information contained in such
Registration  Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the Commission.
The  Registration  Statement can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference
Room at the  Commission  at 450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. and the
Commission's regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York, 10048 and Northwestern  Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of such  materials  can be obtained at
prescribed  rates from the Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission  at 450
Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  In  addition,  the  Commission
maintains  a site on the World Wide Web  containing  reports,  proxy  materials,
information statements and other items. The address is http://www.sec.gov.

                            -----------------------

                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

     Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued, periodic and annual unaudited
reports  containing  information  concerning the Receivables will be prepared by
the Servicer and sent on behalf of the Trust only to Cede & Company ("Cede"), as
nominee of The Depository  Trust Company ("DTC ") and registered  holders of the
Notes (as defined  herein).  See  "Description  of the  Securities -- Reports to
Securityholders" in the accompanying Prospectus (the "Prospectus"). Such reports
will not constitute  financial  statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  The Depositor will cause to be filed with the
Commission such periodic  reports as are required under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and  regulations
thereunder  and as are  otherwise  agreed to by the  Commission.  Copies of such
periodic  reports  may be  obtained  from the  Public  Reference  Section of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  at prescribed
rates.


                                       S-2


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

     The  following  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to the
detailed information  appearing elsewhere herein and in the Prospectus.  Certain
capitalized   terms  used  herein  are  defined  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus
Supplement on the pages  indicated in the "Index of Terms" or, to the extent not
defined herein, have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Prospectus.

The Trust.........................   First  Sierra   Equipment   Contract  Trust
                                     1997-1  (the  "Trust"),  a  business  trust
                                     organized  under  the laws of the  state of
                                     Delaware.  The principal  executive offices
                                     of the Trust are in  Wilmington,  Delaware,
                                     in  care  of  the  Owner  Trustee,  at  the
                                     address  of  the  Owner  Trustee  specified
                                     below.  The activities of the Trust will be
                                     limited by the terms of the Trust Agreement
                                     to  acquiring,  holding  and  managing  the
                                     Receivables, issuing and making payments on
                                     the  Notes and the  Trust  Certificate  and
                                     other activities related thereto.

Depositor.........................   Prudential   Securities  Secured  Financing
                                     Corporation (the  "Depositor"),  a Delaware
                                     corporation. The Depositor will acquire the
                                     Receivables from the Transferor pursuant to
                                     the Depositor Transfer Agreement, whereupon
                                     the   Depositor   will  then  transfer  the
                                     Receivables   to  the   Trust.   See   "The
                                     Depositor" in the Prospectus.

Transferor........................   First  Sierra   Receivables   IV,  Inc.,  a
                                     Delaware  corporation  (the  "Transferor").
                                     The    Transferor    is   a    wholly-owned
                                     special-purpose subsidiary of First Sierra.


Servicer..........................   First   Sierra    Financial,    Inc.   (the
                                     "Servicer").  See "The Servicer" herein and
                                     "Description  of the  Trust  Agreements  --
                                     Servicing Procedures" in the Prospectus.


Indenture Trustee.................   Bankers  Trust   Company  (the   "Indenture
                                     Trustee" or "Bankers Trust Company"), a New
                                     York  banking  corporation.  The  corporate
                                     trust offices of the Indenture  Trustee are
                                     located at Four  Albany  Street,  New York,
                                     New York 10006 and its telephone  number is
                                     (212) 250-4237.

Owner Trustee.....................   [Delaware   Trust   Company   (the   "Owner
                                     Trustee"),  a Delaware banking corporation.
                                     The  corporate  trust  offices of the Owner
                                     Trustee        are        located        at
                                     [_________________________________],
                                     Wilmington,  Delaware,  [_____]  Attention:
                                     _____________________,  and  the  telephone
                                     number is _______________.]


Back-up Servicer..................   Bankers  Trust  Company (in such  capacity,
                                     the "Back-up Servicer").


Cut-Off Date......................   The close of business on  September 1, 1997
                                     (the "Cut-off Date").

Closing Date......................   On  or  about   September  ___,  1997  (the
                                     "Closing Date").

Statistic Calculation Date........   The  close of  business  on  August 1, 1997
                                     (the "Statistic Calculation Date").

Collection Periods,
Payment Dates 
and Record Dates..................   Collection Periods are the periods from and
                                     including  the  opening of  business on the
                                     second  day of each  calendar  month to and
                                     including  the  close  of  business  on the
                                     first day of the following  calendar  month
                                     (each such period, a "Collection  Period").
                                     Payment  Dates  will be on the  10th

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     day of each month,  or the next  succeeding
                                     Business Day,  commencing  October 10, 1997
                                     (each, a "Payment Date").  Record Dates are
                                     the last  calendar  day of each  Collection
                                     Period (each, a "Record Date").

The Class A 
Notes.............................   The ___% Class A Equipment  Contract Backed
                                     Notes (the  "Class A Notes") in the initial
                                     principal     amount    of     $210,000,000
                                     (approximate)  (the  "Initial  Class A Note
                                     Principal Balance") will be issued pursuant
                                     to the Indenture.  The Initial Class A Note
                                     Principal Balance to be issued hereunder is
                                     equal to  approximately  92% (the  "Class A
                                     Percentage")   of  the  initial   Aggregate
                                     Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance (as
                                     defined below) of the Contracts.  The Class
                                     A  Notes  will   initially   be  issued  in
                                     book-entry    form    only    in    minimum
                                     denominations   of  $1,000   and   integral
                                     multiples thereof. The holder or holders of
                                     the  Class A Notes  shall  be  referred  to
                                     herein as the "Class A Noteholders."

                                     The   Class  A  Notes  are   available   in
                                     book-entry    form   only,    through   the
                                     facilities of DTC.

                                     The Trust will also issue three  classes of
                                     subordinate   notes,  the  ___%  Class  B-1
                                     Equipment Contract Backed Notes (the "Class
                                     B-1 Notes"),  the ___% Class B-2  Equipment
                                     Contract   Backed  Notes  (the  "Class  B-2
                                     Notes"),   the  ___%  Class  B-3  Equipment
                                     Contract   Backed  Notes  (the  "Class  B-3
                                     Notes," and collectively with the Class B-1
                                     Notes and the Class B-2 Notes, the "Class B
                                     Notes",  and collectively  with the Class A
                                     Notes,   the   "Notes"),   and  the   Trust
                                     Certificate   (the   "Trust   Certificate,"
                                     together  with  the  Class  B  Notes,   the
                                     "Subordinate  Securities," and collectively
                                     with  the  Notes,  the  "Securities").  The
                                     Subordinate   Securities  are  not  offered
                                     hereby.  The Class B Notes are  expected to
                                     be  privately   placed  with  one  or  more
                                     qualified  institutional   investors.   The
                                     Transferor  expects  to  retain  the  Trust
                                     Certificate.  The  holder or holders of the
                                     Class B-1 Notes shall be referred to herein
                                     as the "Class B-1  Noteholders," the holder
                                     or holders of the Class B-2 Notes  shall be
                                     referred   to  herein  as  the  "Class  B-2
                                     Noteholders,"  the holder or holders of the
                                     Class B-3 Notes shall be referred to herein
                                     as the "Class B-3  Noteholders"  (the Class
                                     B-1 Noteholders,  the Class B-2 Noteholders
                                     and    the    Class    B-3     Noteholders,
                                     collectively,  the  "Class B  Noteholders,"
                                     and, together with the Class A Noteholders,
                                     the  "Noteholders")  and the  holder of the
                                     Trust  Certificate  shall  be  referred  to
                                     herein as the "Residual Holder."

The Trust Assets..................   The  assets  of  the  Trust   (the   "Trust
                                     Assets") will consist of a segregated  pool
                                     of operating leases,  direct finance leases
                                     and  commercial  loans  (collectively,  the
                                     "Contracts"),   together  with  all  monies
                                     received  relating  thereto on or after the
                                     Cut-Off Date, the security  interest of the
                                     Originator  or  its  affiliate,  which  was
                                     acquired   by  the   Originator   or   such
                                     affiliate  at the time of its  purchase  of
                                     the related  Contract,  in the equipment or
                                     other property  securing such Contracts and
                                     the  proceeds  thereof  (the   "Equipment,"
                                     together    with   the    Contracts,    the
                                     "Receivables"), all funds on deposit in the
                                     Lockbox Account relating to the Receivables
                                     and  the  Collection  Account  and  certain
                                     other property, all as more fully described
                                     below.  Any security  deposits  received by
                                     First Sierra with respect to the  Contracts
                                     will be retained by First Sierra,  and such
                                     amounts  will not be available to the Trust
                                     in  the  event  of the  liquidation  of the
                                     related  Contracts.  The Trust  Assets also
                                     will  include  the Note  Insurance  Policy,
                                     certain of the  Originator's  rights  under
                                     certain insurance  policies relating to the
                                     Receivables,  the purchase option payments,
                                     if any, and any amounts deposited from 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     time  to  time in  certain  collection  and
                                     distribution  accounts as described herein.
                                     See "The Trust Funds" in the Prospectus.

                                     The  Originator,  in its  capacity as such,
                                     will  make  certain   representations   and
                                     warranties  with  respect  to,  among other
                                     things,  the Equipment  and the  Contracts,
                                     which  representations  and warranties will
                                     be assigned to the Indenture  Trustee under
                                     the Indenture.

The Receivables...................   Each Contract was previously  originated by
                                     either (i) a third-party  unaffiliated with
                                     First  Sierra   (each,   a  "Source")   and
                                     acquired  by  First   Sierra   through  its
                                     Private Label Program, or (ii) First Sierra
                                     directly   through  its  Vendor  or  Broker
                                     Program.  Each Private  Label  Contract has
                                     been  acquired by First Sierra  pursuant to
                                     an agreement  between  First Sierra and the
                                     related Source under which First Sierra has
                                     acquired  all right,  title and interest of
                                     such Source in and to the related Contract,
                                     together  with a security  interest in such
                                     Source's  right,  title and interest in and
                                     to  the   related   Equipment   (each  such
                                     agreement,   a  "Source  Agreement").   The
                                     Transferor  will also acquire 464 Contracts
                                     representing 3.91% of the Initial Aggregate
                                     Discounted  Principal  Balance  of the pool
                                     from Heritage Finance Corp. I, an affiliate
                                     of First  Sierra,  in  connection  with the
                                     redemption of its Lease-Backed Notes.

                                     The  Receivables  consist of the  Contracts
                                     and a security  interest in the  underlying
                                     Equipment.  As of the Statistic Calculation
                                     Date,  the Contracts will have an Aggregate
                                     Discounted   Contract   Principal   Balance
                                     (calculated  using an assumed discount rate
                                     of 7.25% (the "Statistical Discount Rate"))
                                     of   approximately   $229,728,292.98   (the
                                     "Statistical  Discounted Contract Principal
                                     Balance").   The  statistical   information
                                     concerning  the  pool  of  Receivables  set
                                     forth herein is based upon  information  as
                                     of the close of business  on the  Statistic
                                     Calculation   Date   and  the   Statistical
                                     Discount Rate. The actual  discount rate is
                                     ___%   (the   "Discount   Rate")   and  was
                                     calculated  using the  actual  Class A Note
                                     Rate of ___% (the "Class A Note Rate"), the
                                     actual  Class  B-1 Note  Rate of ___%  (the
                                     "Class B-1 Note  Rate"),  the actual  Class
                                     B-2 Note Rate of ___% (the  "Class B-2 Note
                                     Rate") and the  actual  Class B-3 Note Rate
                                     of ___% (the  "Class  B-3 Note  Rate"),  as
                                     well as the Servicing Fee Rate, the Back-up
                                     Servicing Fee Rate, the rate payable to the
                                     Note Insurer (the "Premium  Rate") pursuant
                                     to that certain  insurance  agreement among
                                     the Note Insurer,  the  Indenture  Trustee,
                                     the Trust,  the  Transferor,  the Depositor
                                     and  First  Sierra,  as  Originator  and as
                                     Servicer (the "Insurance  Agreement"),  the
                                     rate  payable  to  the  Indenture   Trustee
                                     pursuant  to the  Indenture  and  the  rate
                                     payable  to the Class B-2  credit  provider
                                     and  shall be  utilized  to  calculate  the
                                     actual  discount  rate  set  forth  in  the
                                     Indenture,  the actual Initial Class A Note
                                     Principal  Balance  and the actual  Initial
                                     Aggregate   Discounted  Contract  Principal
                                     Balance  of  the  Contracts.   The  Initial
                                     Aggregate   Discounted  Contract  Principal
                                     Balance as of the Cut-Off  Date  calculated
                                     using the Discount Rate equals $__________.
                                     Between the Statistic  Calculation Date and
                                     the Closing Date some  amortization  of the
                                     pool is  expected  to occur.  In  addition,
                                     certain  Contracts  included in the pool as
                                     of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date may be
                                     determined  not  to  meet  the  eligibility
                                     requirements  for the final  pool,  and may
                                     not be included  in the final  pool.  While
                                     the   statistical   distribution   of   the
                                     characteristics  for the final  Receivables
                                     pool  as of  the  Closing  Date  will  vary
                                     somewhat from the statistical  distribution
                                     of such characteristics as of the Statistic
                                     Calculation   Date  as  presented  in  this
                                     Prospectus  Supplement,  such variance will
                                     not be material.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     The "Discounted Contract Principal Balance"
                                     with  respect  to  any  Contract,   on  any
                                     Determination  Date,  is  the  sum  of  the
                                     present  value  of  all  of  the  remaining
                                     Scheduled  Payments becoming due under such
                                     Contract   after   the  end  of  the  prior
                                     Collection  Period,  discounted  monthly at
                                     the Discount  Rate in the manner  described
                                     below;  provided,  however,  that except to
                                     the  extent   expressly   provided  in  the
                                     Indenture,    the    Discounted    Contract
                                     Principal    Balance   of   any   Defaulted
                                     Contract,  Early Termination  Contract,  or
                                     Expired Contract or Contract  assigned back
                                     to First Sierra  pursuant to the  Servicing
                                     Agreement shall be equal to zero.

                                     In   connection   with   all   calculations
                                     required  to be made  pursuant to the Trust
                                     Agreement,   the  Indenture,  the  Transfer
                                     Agreements, the Servicing Agreement and the
                                     Insurance  Agreement   (collectively,   the
                                     "Transaction  Documents"),  as  applicable,
                                     with  respect  to  the   determination   of
                                     Discounted Contract Principal Balances, for
                                     any   Determination   Date  the  Discounted
                                     Contract   Principal   Balance   for   each
                                     Contract shall be calculated assuming:

                                          (i) Scheduled  Payments are due on the
                                     last day of each Collection Period;

                                          (ii) Scheduled Payments are discounted
                                     on a monthly basis using a 30 day month and
                                     a 360 day year; and

                                          (iii) Scheduled      Payments      are
                                     discounted   to   the   last   day  of  the
                                     Collection     Period    prior    to    the
                                     Determination Date.

                                     The    "Aggregate    Discounted    Contract
                                     Principal  Balance" as determined from time
                                     to  time  is  the  sum  of  the  Discounted
                                     Contract    Principal   Balances   of   all
                                     Contracts.

                                     All of the Contracts  require the periodic,
                                     scheduled payment of rent or other payments
                                     on a monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual,  or
                                     annual  basis,  in arrears  or in  advance.
                                     Such  periodic  payments  are  referred  to
                                     herein as "Scheduled  Payments." All of the
                                     Contracts  require  that the obligor  under
                                     any Contract  (the  "Obligor")  assumes all
                                     responsibility  with respect to the related
                                     Equipment,  including the obligation to pay
                                     all  costs   relating  to  its   operation,
                                     maintenance,   repair  and,   with  certain
                                     exceptions  described herein,  insurance or
                                     self  insurance.  All of the Contracts also
                                     contain  "hell or high  water"  provisions,
                                     which unconditionally  obligate the Obligor
                                     to  make  all  Scheduled  Payments  without
                                     setoff.

                                     As of the Cut-Off Date, not more than 1% of
                                     the Initial Aggregate  Discounted  Contract
                                     Principal  Balance  will  be  comprised  of
                                     Contracts   which  are   treated  as  "true
                                     leases" for tax purposes where the Trust is
                                     not transferred ownership of the Equipment.
                                     The average original  equipment cost of the
                                     Equipment  is an amount  less than or equal
                                     to $20,000;  the maximum  concentration per
                                     Obligor will be a  percentage  less than or
                                     equal  to 0.50%  of the  Initial  Aggregate
                                     Discounted Contract Principal Balance;  the
                                     top ten Obligors will comprise a percentage
                                     less  than or equal to 5.0% of the  Initial
                                     Aggregate   Discounted  Contract  Principal
                                     Balance;  the  maximum   concentration  per
                                     Source  will be a  percentage  less than or
                                     equal  to  10%  of  the  Initial  Aggregate
                                     Discounted   Contract   Principal  Balance,
                                     except for a single  Source which shall not
                                     exceed 35%; the maximum  concentration  per

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     State  will be less than or equal to 10% of
                                     the Initial Aggregate  Discounted  Contract
                                     Principal Balance, except that with respect
                                     to   the   State   of    California,    the
                                     concentration shall be limited to 30%.

                                     The terms of the Contracts  generally range
                                     from 4 to 85  months.  The final  scheduled
                                     payment  date  on  the  Contract  with  the
                                     latest  maturity is August 10, 2004.  As of
                                     the Statistic  Calculation Date, all of the
                                     Contracts   had  (i)   original   terms  to
                                     maturity  of 4 months to 85 months,  with a
                                     weighted  average original term to maturity
                                     of  approximately  57  months  and  (ii)  a
                                     remaining term to maturity of not less than
                                     2 months and not more than 85 months with a
                                     weighted average remaining term to maturity
                                     of approximately 53 months.

                                     See  "The  Receivables"  herein  and in the
                                     Prospectus.

Flow of Funds.....................   The Servicing  Agreement  will require that
                                     the Servicer  establish an account to which
                                     the  Obligors  shall  be  directed  to make
                                     payments   (the  "Lockbox   Account").   In
                                     addition,   the  Servicing  Agreement  will
                                     require  that  the  Servicer  establish  an
                                     account to be  maintained  by the Indenture
                                     Trustee (the "Collection Account") and that
                                     the  Servicer  deposit  to  the  Collection
                                     Account all  collections  deposited  in the
                                     Lockbox Account on an "as collected"  basis
                                     (other than Advance  Payments which will be
                                     retained in the Lockbox  Account  until the
                                     last day of the Collection  Period in which
                                     such Advance  Payment or portion thereof is
                                     due in  accordance  with the  provisions of
                                     the related  Contract) and all  collections
                                     received by the  Servicer on the  Contracts
                                     no later than two Business  Days  following
                                     the  Servicer's   determination  that  such
                                     amounts  relate  to  the  Contracts  or the
                                     Equipment.

                                     On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee
                                     will  be  required  to make  the  following
                                     payments from the  Available  Funds then on
                                     deposit in the Collection  Account,  in the
                                     following  order of priority (to the extent
                                     funds are available therefor):

                                          (i)    to  the  Servicer,   an  amount
                                                 equal   to   any   unreimbursed
                                                 Servicer  Advances  (other than
                                                 Servicer   Advances   for   the
                                                 related Collection Period);

                                          (ii)   to  the  Servicer,   an  amount
                                                 equal to the  Servicer Fee then
                                                 due,  together with any accrued
                                                 and unpaid  Servicer  Fees from
                                                 prior Collection Periods;

                                          (iii)  to the Servicer,  any Servicing
                                                 Charges,  if any,  deposited in
                                                 the Collection Account;

                                          (iv)   to  the  Back-up  Servicer,  an
                                                 amount  equal  to  the  Back-up
                                                 Servicer Fee then due, together
                                                 with  any  accrued  and  unpaid
                                                 Back-up   Servicer   Fees  from
                                                 prior Collection Periods;

                                          (v)    to the Note Insurer,  an amount
                                                 equal  to  the  Premium  Amount
                                                 then  due,  together  with  any
                                                 accrued   and  unpaid   Premium
                                                 Amounts  from prior  Collection
                                                 Periods;

                                          (vi)   to the Indenture  Trustee,  the
                                                 Indenture   Trustee  Fees  then
                                                 due,    together    with    any
                                                 Indenture   Trustee  Fees  from
                                                 prior Collection Periods;

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                          (vii)  to the Indenture  Trustee,  the
                                                 Indenture Trustee Expenses then
                                                 due,    together    with    any
                                                 Indenture Trustee Expenses from
                                                 prior Collection Periods, in an
                                                 amount  not  to  exceed  in the
                                                 aggregate $75,000;

                                          (viii) to the Class A Noteholders, the
                                                 Class A Note Interest;

                                          (ix)   to the Class  B-1  Noteholders,
                                                 the Class B-1 Note Interest for
                                                 the related  Collection  Period
                                                 (to the extent the disbursement
                                                 of the Class B-1 Note  Interest
                                                 will not result in an Available
                                                 Funds Shortfall );

                                          (x)    to   the   Class   B-2   credit
                                                 provider, the fees of the Class
                                                 B-2 credit provider;

                                          (xi)   to the Class  B-2  Noteholders,
                                                 the Class B-2 Note Interest for
                                                 the related  Collection  Period
                                                 (to the extent the disbursement
                                                 of the Class B-2 Note  Interest
                                                 will not result in an Available
                                                 Funds Shortfall);

                                          (xii)  until    the   Class   A   Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   has  been
                                                 reduced to zero, to the Class A
                                                 Noteholders, the sum of (a) the
                                                 Class    A    Base    Principal
                                                 Distribution  Amount  for  such
                                                 Payment Date, and (b) any Class
                                                 A Overdue Principal;

                                          (xiii) to the Note Insurer, the unpaid
                                                 Reimbursement Amount, if any;

                                          (xiv)  until   the   Class   B-1  Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   has  been
                                                 reduced  to zero,  to the Class
                                                 B-1   Noteholders,   from   the
                                                 Available  Funds then remaining
                                                 in the Collection Account,  the
                                                 sum of (a) the  Class  B-1 Base
                                                 Principal  Distribution  Amount
                                                 for such Payment Date,  and (b)
                                                 any    Class    B-1     Overdue
                                                 Principal;  provided,  however,
                                                 that  if  a  Restricting  Event
                                                 exists on such Payment Date and
                                                 the  Class  A  Note   Principal
                                                 Balance  on such  Payment  Date
                                                 (after  giving  effect  to  all
                                                 prior  payments of principal to
                                                 the Class A Noteholders made on
                                                 such  Payment   Date)   exceeds
                                                 zero,   the  amount   otherwise
                                                 required  to  be  paid  to  the
                                                 Class  B-1  Noteholders   under
                                                 this   clause   (xiv),    shall
                                                 instead  be paid to the Class A
                                                 Noteholders  pursuant  to  this
                                                 clause  (xiv)  during such time
                                                 as  a   Restricting   Event  is
                                                 continuing   as  an  additional
                                                 reduction  of the  Class A Note
                                                 Principal  Balance  up  to  the
                                                 amount  necessary to reduce the
                                                 Class A Note Principal  Balance
                                                 to zero;

                                          (xv)   until   the   Class   B-2  Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   has  been
                                                 reduced  to zero,  to the Class
                                                 B-2   Noteholders,   from   the
                                                 Available  Funds then remaining
                                                 in the Collection Account,  the
                                                 sum of (a) the  Class  B-2 Base
                                                 Principal  Distribution  Amount
                                                 for such Payment Date,  and (b)
                                                 any    Class    B-2     Overdue
                                                 Principal;  provided,  however,
                                                 that  if  a  Restricting  Event
                                                 exists  on such  Payment  Date,
                                                 the amount  otherwise  required
                                                 to be  paid  to the  Class  B-2
                                                 Noteholders  under this  clause
                                                 (xv) shall  instead be paid (x)
                                                 if the  Class A Note  Principal
                                                 Balance  on such  Payment  Date
                                                 (after  giving  effect  to  all
                                                 prior  payments of 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-8
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                 principal   to  the   Class   A
                                                 Noteholders    made   on   such
                                                 Payment  Date) exceeds zero, to
                                                 the    Class   A    Noteholders
                                                 pursuant  to this  clause  (xv)
                                                 during    such    time   as   a
                                                 Restricting Event is continuing
                                                 as an  additional  reduction of
                                                 the  Class  A  Note   Principal
                                                 Balance   up  to   the   amount
                                                 necessary    to   reduce   such
                                                 balance to zero, and (y) if the
                                                 Class A Note Principal  Balance
                                                 is zero, but the Class B-1 Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   on   such
                                                 Payment   Date  (after   giving
                                                 effect to all prior payments of
                                                 principal   to  the  Class  B-1
                                                 Noteholders    made   on   such
                                                 Payment Date) exceeds zero, the
                                                 amount otherwise required to be
                                                 paid   to   the    Class    B-2
                                                 Noteholders  under this  clause
                                                 (xv)  shall  instead be paid to
                                                 the   Class   B-1   Noteholders
                                                 during    such    time   as   a
                                                 Restricting Event is continuing
                                                 as an  additional  reduction of
                                                 the  Class  B-1 Note  Principal
                                                 Balance   up  to   the   amount
                                                 necessary    to   reduce   such
                                                 balance to zero;

                                          (xvi)  to   the   Class   B-2   credit
                                                 provider,      all      amounts
                                                 previously  advanced  by it for
                                                 the  benefit  of the  Class B-2
                                                 Noteholders   pursuant  to  the
                                                 letter of credit;

                                          (xvii) to the Class  B-3  Noteholders,
                                                 the Class B-3 Note Interest for
                                                 the related Collection Period;

                                          (xviii)to the Class  B-3  Noteholders,
                                                 until   the   Class   B-3  Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   has  been
                                                 reduced   to  zero,   from  the
                                                 Available  Funds then remaining
                                                 in the Collection Account,  the
                                                 sum of (a) the  Class  B-3 Base
                                                 Principal  Distribution  Amount
                                                 for such Payment Date,  and (b)
                                                 any    Class    B-3     Overdue
                                                 Principal;  provided,  however,
                                                 that  if  a  Restricting  Event
                                                 exists  on such  Payment  Date,
                                                 the amount  otherwise  required
                                                 to be  paid  to the  Class  B-3
                                                 Noteholders  under this  clause
                                                 (xviii)  shall  instead be paid
                                                 (x)   if  the   Class   A  Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   on   such
                                                 Payment   Date  (after   giving
                                                 effect to all prior payments of
                                                 principal   to  the   Class   A
                                                 Noteholders    made   on   such
                                                 Payment  Date) exceeds zero, to
                                                 the    Class   A    Noteholders
                                                 pursuant to this clause (xviii)
                                                 during    such    time   as   a
                                                 Restricting Event is continuing
                                                 as an  additional  reduction of
                                                 the  Class  A  Note   Principal
                                                 Balance   up  to   the   amount
                                                 necessary    to   reduce   such
                                                 balance  to  zero,  (y)  if the
                                                 Class A Note Principal  Balance
                                                 is zero, but the Class B-1 Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   on   such
                                                 Payment   Date  (after   giving
                                                 effect to all prior payments of
                                                 principal   to  the  Class  B-1
                                                 Noteholders    made   on   such
                                                 Payment Date) exceeds zero, the
                                                 amount otherwise required to be
                                                 paid   to   the    Class    B-3
                                                 Noteholders  under this  clause
                                                 (xviii)  shall  instead be paid
                                                 to the  Class  B-1  Noteholders
                                                 pursuant to this clause (xviii)
                                                 during    such    time   as   a
                                                 Restricting Event is continuing
                                                 as an  additional  reduction of
                                                 the  Class  B-1 Note  Principal
                                                 Balance   up  to   the   amount
                                                 necessary    to   reduce   such
                                                 balance to zero, and (z) if the
                                                 Class  A Note  Balance  and the
                                                 Class B-1 Note Balance are both
                                                 zero,  but the  Class  B-2 Note
                                                 Principal   Balance   on   such
                                                 Payment   Date  (after   giving
                                                 effect to all prior payments of
                                                 principal   to  the  Class  B-2
                                                 Noteholders    made   on   such
                                                 Payment Date) exceeds zero, the
                                                 amount otherwise 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-9
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                 required  to  be  paid  to  the
                                                 Class  B-3  Noteholders   under
                                                 this   clause   (xviii)   shall
                                                 instead  be paid  to the  Class
                                                 B-2  Noteholders   pursuant  to
                                                 this clause (xviii) during such
                                                 time as a Restricting  Event is
                                                 continuing   as  an  additional
                                                 reduction of the Class B-2 Note
                                                 Principal  Balance  up  to  the
                                                 amount necessary to reduce such
                                                 balance to zero;
                                    
                                          (xix)  to the Indenture  Trustee,  the
                                                 Indenture Trustee Expenses then
                                                 due,    together    with    any
                                                 Indenture Trustee Expenses from
                                                 prior  Collection  Periods,  in
                                                 excess    of    the     $75,000
                                                 limitation  set forth in clause
                                                 (vii);

                                          (xx)   to  the  Servicer,   any  other
                                                 amounts  due  the  Servicer  as
                                                 expressly   provided   in   the
                                                 Servicing Agreement; and

                                          (xxi)  to  the  Residual  Holder,  any
                                                 remaining  amounts;   provided,
                                                 however, that



                                                 (I)  if  a  Restricting   Event
                                                      does  not  exist  on  such
                                                      Payment  Date,  but if any
                                                      payment  of  funds  to the
                                                      Residual  Holder  on  such
                                                      Payment  Date would result
                                                      in the  excess  of (i) the
                                                      Aggregate       Discounted
                                                      Contract Principal Balance
                                                      as  of  the   end  of  the
                                                      immediately      preceding
                                                      Collection  Period,   over
                                                      (ii)  the  sum of (w)  the
                                                      Class  A  Note   Principal
                                                      Balance, (x) the Class B-1
                                                      Note  Principal   Balance,
                                                      (y)  the  Class  B-2  Note
                                                      Principal  Balance and (z)
                                                      the    Class    B-3   Note
                                                      Principal          Balance
                                                      (calculated  with  respect
                                                      to clauses  (w),  (x), (y)
                                                      and   (z)   after   giving
                                                      effect to all  payments of
                                                      principal  to be  made  on
                                                      such  Payment  Date) being
                                                      less   than   2%  of   the
                                                      Initial          Aggregate
                                                      Discounted        Contract
                                                      Principal   Balance   such
                                                      amount  shall  not be paid
                                                      to the Residual Holder but
                                                      shall   instead   be  paid
                                                      pursuant  to  this  clause
                                                      (xxi)   to  the   Class  A
                                                      Noteholders, the Class B-1
                                                      Noteholders, the Class B-2
                                                      Noteholders  and the Class
                                                      B-3   Noteholders   as  an
                                                      additional    payment   of
                                                      principal   in  an  amount
                                                      with  respect to each such
                                                      Class equal to the product
                                                      of  (A)  a  fraction,  the
                                                      numerator  of which is the
                                                      Class  A  Percentage,  the
                                                      Class B-1 Percentage,  the
                                                      Class B-2  Percentage,  or
                                                      the Class B-3  Percentage,
                                                      as the  case  may be,  and
                                                      the  denominator  of which
                                                      is the sum of the  Class A
                                                      Percentage,  the Class B-1
                                                      Percentage,  the Class B-2
                                                      Percentage  and the  Class
                                                      B-3 Percentage and (B) the
                                                      amount      that     would
                                                      otherwise  be  paid to the
                                                      Residual  Holder  pursuant
                                                      to this clause (xxi); and

                                                 (II) if  a  Restricting   Event
                                                      exists  on  such   Payment
                                                      Date, the amount otherwise
                                                      required to be paid to the
                                                      Residual Holder under this
                                                      clause (xxi) shall instead
                                                      be paid (w) if the Class A
                                                      Note Principal  Balance on
                                                      such  Payment  Date (after
                                                      giving effect to all prior
                                                      payments of  principal  to
                                                      the  Class  A  Noteholders
                                                      made on such Payment Date)
                                                      exceeds zero, to the Class
                                                      A Noteholders  pursuant to
                                                      this clause  (xxi)  during
                                                      such time as a Restricting
                                                      Event is  continuing as an
                                                      additional   reduction  of
                                                      the Class A Note Principal
                                                      Balance  up to the  amount
                                                      necessary  to 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-10
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                      reduce  such   balance  to
                                                      zero;  (x) if the  Class A
                                                      Note Principal  Balance is
                                                      zero,  but the  Class  B-1
                                                      Note Principal  Balance on
                                                      such  Payment  Date (after
                                                      giving effect to all prior
                                                      payments of  principal  to
                                                      the Class B-1  Noteholders
                                                      made on such Payment Date)
                                                      exceeds  zero,  the amount
                                                      otherwise  required  to be
                                                      paid   to   the   Residual
                                                      Holder  under this  clause
                                                      (xxi)  shall   instead  be
                                                      paid  to  the   Class  B-1
                                                      Noteholders   pursuant  to
                                                      this clause  (xxi)  during
                                                      such time as a Restricting
                                                      Event is  continuing as an
                                                      additional   reduction  of
                                                      the    Class    B-1   Note
                                                      Principal  Balance  up  to
                                                      the  amount  necessary  to
                                                      reduce  such   balance  to
                                                      zero,  (y) if the  Class A
                                                      Note Balance and the Class
                                                      B-1 Note  Balance are both
                                                      zero,  but the  Class  B-2
                                                      Note Principal  Balance on
                                                      such  Payment  Date (after
                                                      giving effect to all prior
                                                      payments of  principal  to
                                                      the Class B-2  Noteholders
                                                      made on such Payment Date)
                                                      exceeds  zero,  the amount
                                                      otherwise  required  to be
                                                      paid   to   the   Residual
                                                      Holder  under this  clause
                                                      (xxi)  shall   instead  be
                                                      paid  to  the   Class  B-2
                                                      Noteholders   pursuant  to
                                                      this clause  (xxi)  during
                                                      such time as a Restricting
                                                      Event is  continuing as an
                                                      additional   reduction  of
                                                      the    Class    B-2   Note
                                                      Principal  Balance  up  to
                                                      the  amount  necessary  to
                                                      reduce  such   balance  to
                                                      zero;  and  (z) if each of
                                                      the Class A Note Principal
                                                      Balance,   the  Class  B-1
                                                      Note Principal Balance and
                                                      the    Class    B-2   Note
                                                      Principal    Balance   are
                                                      zero,  but the  Class  B-3
                                                      Note Principal  Balance on
                                                      such  Payment  Date (after
                                                      giving effect to all prior
                                                      payments of  principal  to
                                                      the Class B-3  Noteholders
                                                      made on such Payment Date)
                                                      exceeds  zero,  the amount
                                                      otherwise  required  to be
                                                      paid   to   the   Residual
                                                      Holder  under this  clause
                                                      (xxi)  shall   instead  be
                                                      paid  to  the   Class  B-3
                                                      Noteholders   pursuant  to
                                                      this clause  (xxi)  during
                                                      such time as a Restricting
                                                      Event is  continuing as an
                                                      additional   reduction  of
                                                      the    Class    B-3   Note
                                                      Principal  Balance  up  to
                                                      the  amount  necessary  to
                                                      reduce  such   balance  to
                                                      zero.

                                     Available Funds,  with respect to a Payment
                                     Date, means all amounts (including proceeds
                                     of   Servicer   Advances)   held   in   the
                                     Collection    Account   on   the    related
                                     Determination   Date,   after  taking  into
                                     account all deposits required to be made on
                                     such  Determination  Date,  other  than any
                                     such amounts which relate to any subsequent
                                     Collection Period.

                                     See  "Description  of the  Notes  - Flow of
                                     Funds" in this  Prospectus  Supplement  for
                                     the  definitions  of certain  defined terms
                                     used above.

Subordination
Provisions........................   The credit  enhancement  available  for the
                                     benefit  of  the  Class  A  Noteholders  is
                                     provided by the Class B Notes and the Trust
                                     Certificate.   In  addition,  the  Class  A
                                     Noteholders  will have the  benefit  of the
                                     Note  Insurance  Policy.  See  "The    Note
                                     Insurance  Policy  and  the  Note  Insurer"
                                     herein. The credit enhancement available to
                                     the  Class  B-1  Notes is  provided  by the
                                     Class  B-2  Notes,  the Class B-3 Notes and
                                     the   Trust    Certificate,    the   credit
                                     enhancement  available  to  the  Class  B-2
                                     Notes is  provided  by the  Class B-3 Notes
                                     and the Trust Certificate. In addition, the
                                     Class B-2 Noteholders will have the benefit
                                     of a letter of 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-11
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     credit  provided  by the Class  B-2  credit
                                     provider.  The credit enhancement available
                                     to the Class B-3 Notes is  provided  by the
                                     Trust Certificate.

                                     On  each  Payment  Date,  with  respect  to
                                     amounts   due  to  the   Noteholders,   the
                                     Indenture   first   requires   funding   of
                                     interest    payments   to   the   Class   A
                                     Noteholders,   second,   the   funding   of
                                     interest   payments   to  the   Class   B-1
                                     Noteholders (to the extent that the funding
                                     of  current  interest   payments  will  not
                                     result in an  Available  Funds  Shortfall),
                                     third, the funding of interest  payments to
                                     the Class B-2  Noteholders  (to the  extent
                                     that  the   funding  of  current   interest
                                     payments  will not  result in an  Available
                                     Funds  Shortfall),  fourth,  the funding of
                                     principal   payments   to   the   Class   A
                                     Noteholders,    fifth,   the   funding   of
                                     principal   payments   to  the   Class  B-1
                                     Noteholders,    sixth,   the   funding   of
                                     principal   payments   to  the   Class  B-2
                                     Noteholders,  and  seventh,  the funding of
                                     interest  and  principal  payments  to  the
                                     Class B-3 Noteholders, as further described
                                     herein.

                                     The amount to be  allocated as a payment of
                                     principal  is  generally  equal to the Base
                                     Principal   Amount.   The  Base   Principal
                                     Amount,  with respect to any Payment  Date,
                                     is  generally  equal to the decrease in the
                                     Aggregate   Discounted  Contract  Principal
                                     Balance  from  the  end of  the  Collection
                                     Period related to the previous Payment Date
                                     to the end of the Collection Period related
                                     to such Payment  Date.  This  decrease will
                                     generally  be an amount equal to the sum of
                                     actual  principal  collections  during  the
                                     Collection  Period  related to such Payment
                                     Date,  Repurchase  Amounts delivered to the
                                     Indenture  Trustee in  connection  with the
                                     removal of Contracts,  plus the  Discounted
                                     Contract  Principal Balance of any Contract
                                     which  became a Defaulted  Contract  during
                                     such Collection  Period. A Contract becomes
                                     a  "Defaulted  Contract"  at the earlier of
                                     the  date on  which  (i) the  Servicer  has
                                     determined  in  its  sole  discretion,   in
                                     accordance with the Servicing  Standard and
                                     its  customary  servicing  procedures  that
                                     such Contract is not collectible,  (ii) all
                                     or part of a Scheduled  Payment  thereunder
                                     is more than 180 days delinquent, (iii) the
                                     Servicer  elected  not to  make a  Servicer
                                     Advance  or  for  which  the  Servicer  has
                                     determined that a prior Servicer Advance is
                                     not    recoverable   or   (iv)   that   was
                                     repurchased  by  a  Source  pursuant  to  a
                                     Source Agreement.

                                     On  each   Payment   Date,   the   Class  A
                                     Percentage  of the  Base  Principal  Amount
                                     will be due to the Class A  Noteholders  as
                                     the  "Class A Base  Principal  Distribution
                                     Amount"  until the  Class A Note  Principal
                                     Balance   has   been   reduced   to   zero.
                                     Approximately    ___%   (the   "Class   B-1
                                     Percentage")  of the Base Principal  Amount
                                     will be due to the Class B-1 Noteholders as
                                     the "Class B-1 Base Principal  Distribution
                                     Amount" until the Class B-1 Note  Principal
                                     Balance   has   been   reduced   to   zero,
                                     approximately    ___%   (the   "Class   B-2
                                     Percentage ") of the Base Principal  Amount
                                     will be due to the Class B-2 Noteholders as
                                     the "Class B-2 Base Principal  Distribution
                                     Amount" until the Class B-2 Note  Principal
                                     Balance  has  been  reduced  to  zero,  and
                                     approximately    ___%   (the   "Class   B-3
                                     Percentage")  of the Base Principal  Amount
                                     will be due to the Class B-3 Noteholders as
                                     the "Class B-3 Base Principal  Distribution
                                     Amount" until the Class B-3 Note  Principal
                                     Balance has been reduced to zero. The Class
                                     A Percentage, the Class B-1 Percentage, the
                                     Class  B-2  Percentage  and the  Class  B-3
                                     Percentage  shall be  referred to herein as
                                     the  "Principal  Payment  Percentage"  with
                                     respect to the Class A Notes, the Class B-1
                                     Notes,  the  Class  B-2 Notes and the Class
                                     B-3 Notes, respectively.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-12
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     Since the  Available  Funds on any  Payment
                                     Date are  applied in the order of  priority
                                     described above under "Flow of Funds" until
                                     such  Available  Funds are  exhausted,  the
                                     effect  of  (x)  including   deemed  losses
                                     (i.e.,  the Discounted  Contract  Principal
                                     Balance of any  Defaulted  Contract) in the
                                     Base  Principal  Amount  and (y)  assigning
                                     payment  of  the  Class  A  Base  Principal
                                     Distribution  Amount a higher priority than
                                     any of (i) the  Class  B-1  Base  Principal
                                     Amount , (ii) the Class B-2 Base  Principal
                                     Amount,  (iii) the Class B-3 Base Principal
                                     Amount,  or (iv)  payments to the  Residual
                                     Holder is to allocate  losses first, to the
                                     Residual Holder,  second,  to the Class B-3
                                     Noteholders,  third, to the Class B-2 Class
                                     Noteholders  and  fourth,  to the Class B-1
                                     Class Noteholders.

                                     Through  the  operation  of  the  "Class  A
                                     Overdue  Principal," the "Class B-1 Overdue
                                     Principal"    the   "Class   B-2    Overdue
                                     Principal"   and  the  "Class  B-3  Overdue
                                     Principal"   provisions,    the   Class   A
                                     Noteholders, the Class B-1 Noteholders, the
                                     Class   B-2   Noteholders   and  Class  B-3
                                     Noteholders  are  entitled  to receive  the
                                     ultimate    payment   of   the   aggregate,
                                     cumulative   shortfalls  of  Class  A  Base
                                     Principal Amounts, Class B-1 Base Principal
                                     Amounts,  Class B-2 Base Principal  Amounts
                                     and Class B-3 Base  Principal  Amounts  not
                                     paid on prior Payment Dates.

                                     In  addition,  upon  the  occurrence  of  a
                                     Restricting   Event,    amounts   otherwise
                                     payable to the Class B Noteholders  and the
                                     Residual Holder will be suspended and shall
                                     be disbursed to the Class A Noteholders  as
                                     a  further  reduction  of  the  outstanding
                                     Class A Note Principal Balance.

Note Insurer......................   MBIA  Insurance   Corporation   (the  "Note
                                     Insurer").

Note Insurance
Policy............................   The   Transferor   will   obtain  the  Note
                                     Insurance Policy,  which is non-cancelable,
                                     in favor of the Indenture Trustee on behalf
                                     of  the  Class  A  Noteholders  (the  "Note
                                     Insurance  Policy").  Pursuant  to the Note
                                     Insurance  Policy,   the  Note  Insurer  is
                                     required to make available to the Indenture
                                     Trustee,  on each Payment Date,  the amount
                                     by which the  Class A Insured  Distribution
                                     Amount for such  Payment  Date  exceeds the
                                     Available   Distribution  Amount  for  such
                                     Payment   Date   (any   such   amount,   an
                                     "Available  Funds  Shortfall").   The  Note
                                     Insurance  Policy  does not  guarantee  any
                                     specified  rate of  prepayments.  See  "The
                                     Note Insurance Policy and the Note Insurer"
                                     herein.

Servicing.........................   The  Servicer  will  be   responsible   for
                                     servicing,  managing and  administering the
                                     Transferred   Property  and  enforcing  and
                                     making  collections on the  Contracts.  The
                                     Servicer  will be required to exercise  the
                                     degree  of  skill  and  care in  performing
                                     these   functions   that   it   customarily
                                     exercises with respect to similar  property
                                     owned  or  serviced  by the  Servicer.  The
                                     Servicer  will be entitled to receive (a) a
                                     monthly fee (the  "Servicer  Fee") equal to
                                     the  product  of (i)  one-twelfth  of 0.50%
                                     (the  "Servicing  Fee  Rate")  and (ii) the
                                     Aggregate   Discounted  Contract  Principal
                                     Balance   of  all   Contracts   as  of  the
                                     beginning   of  the   previous   Collection
                                     Period,   payable  out  of  the  Collection
                                     Account,  (b)  late  payment  fees  and (c)
                                     certain  other  fees  paid by the  Obligors
                                     ("Servicing Charges"),  as compensation for
                                     acting as Servicer.

                                     Under certain  limited  circumstances,  the
                                     Servicer may resign or be removed, in which
                                     event  either  the  Indenture  Trustee or a
                                     third party 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-13
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     meeting the  requirements  set forth in the
                                     Servicing  Agreement  will be  appointed as
                                     successor Servicer. See "Description of the
                                     Notes -- Events of  Servicing  Termination"
                                     herein.

                                     The  Servicer  will  be  required  to  make
                                     advances for  Scheduled  Payments and Final
                                     Scheduled  Payments not received during the
                                     related  Collection Period, but only to the
                                     extent it determines in its sole discretion
                                     that such advances will be  recoverable  in
                                     future  periods.  See  "Description  of the
                                     Notes -- Servicer Advances" herein.

Back-up Servicer..................   Pursuant to the  Servicing  Agreement,  the
                                     Back-up  Servicer  agrees to reconcile  the
                                     monthly  Servicer  reports.   In  addition,
                                     following the resignation or removal of the
                                     Servicer, the Back-up Servicer shall assume
                                     the duties of the Servicer as the Successor
                                     Servicer under the Servicing Agreement. The
                                     Back-up   Servicer   will  be  required  to
                                     exercise  the  degree  of skill and care in
                                     performing    these   functions   that   it
                                     customarily   exercises   with  respect  to
                                     similar  property  owned or serviced by the
                                     Back-up Servicer. The Back-up Servicer will
                                     be  entitled  to receive  (a) a monthly fee
                                     (the "Back-up  Servicer  Fee") equal to the
                                     product  of (i)  one-twelfth  of ___%  (the
                                     "Back-up  Servicing Fee Rate") and (ii) the
                                     Aggregate   Discounted  Contract  Principal
                                     Balance   of  all   Contracts   as  of  the
                                     beginning   of  the   previous   Collection
                                     Period,   payable  out  of  the  Collection
                                     Account,  as  compensation  for  acting  as
                                     Back-up Servicer.

Substitution and
Modifications.....................   The   Servicing   Agreement   permits   the
                                     Transferor,      subject     to     certain
                                     requirements,  to  transfer  to  the  Trust
                                     Substitute   Contracts   in  exchange   for
                                     Defaulted   Contracts,   Early  Termination
                                     Contracts,  or  Contracts  as  to  which  a
                                     Warranty   Event  or   Casualty   Loss  has
                                     occurred,   provided   that  the  following
                                     conditions are met:

                                     (I)   on  a   cumulative   basis  from  the
                                           Cut-Off   Date,   the   sum   of  the
                                           Discounted Contract Principal Balance
                                           (as   of   the   related   Substitute
                                           Contract   Cut-Off   Date)   of  such
                                           Substitute Contracts would not exceed
                                           10%  of  the   Aggregate   Discounted
                                           Contract  Principal  Balance  of  all
                                           Contracts as of the Cut-Off Date;

                                     (II)  as of the related Substitute Contract
                                           Cut-Off    Date,    the    Substitute
                                           Contracts then being transferred have
                                           a   Discounted   Contract   Principal
                                           Balance  that is not  less  than  the
                                           Discounted Contract Principal Balance
                                           of the Contracts being replaced; and

                                     (III) no  substitution  shall be  permitted
                                           if, as a result thereof,  (X) the sum
                                           of  the  Scheduled  Payments  on  all
                                           Contracts   due  in  any   Collection
                                           Period  thereafter would be less than
                                           or increase the amount by which it is
                                           less   than   (Y)   the  sum  of  the
                                           Scheduled    Payments   which   would
                                           otherwise  be due in such  Collection
                                           Period.

                                     See  "Description  of  the  Notes--Flow  of
                                     Funds" herein.

                                     The Servicer may waive,  modify or vary any
                                     term of a Contract if the Servicer,  in its
                                     reasonable and prudent judgment, determines
                                     that it will not be  materially  adverse to
                                     the Noteholders. However, the Servicer will
                                     covenant in the  Servicing  Agreement  that
                                     (i) it will  not  forgive  any  payment  of
                                     rent, principal or interest, (ii) unless an
                                     Obligor is in  default,  it will not permit
                                     any modification with respect to a Contract

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-14
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     which   would  defer  the  payment  of  any
                                     principal  or  interest  or  any  Scheduled
                                     Payment or change the final  maturity  date
                                     on any Contract; provided, however, that no
                                     change  in the final  maturity  date of any
                                     Contract  shall  be  permitted   under  any
                                     circumstances  if such new maturity date is
                                     later than the latest  maturity date of any
                                     other  Contract  then held by the  --------
                                     -------  Trust,  and (iii) the Servicer may
                                     accept  Prepayment  in  part  or  in  full;
                                     provided, further, that (1) in the event of
                                     Prepayment   in  full,   the  Servicer  may
                                     consent  to  such  Prepayment  only  in  an
                                     amount not less than the Prepayment  Amount
                                     and (2) in the event of a --------  -------
                                     partial   Prepayment,   the   Servicer  may
                                     consent to such partial  Prepayment only if
                                     (x) following such partial Prepayment there
                                     are no delinquent amounts then due from the
                                     Obligor  and (y)  such  partial  Prepayment
                                     will not  reduce  the  Discounted  Contract
                                     Principal  Balance  by more  than an amount
                                     equal  to (I) the  amount  of such  partial
                                     Prepayment,  minus (II) unpaid  interest at
                                     the Discount Rate,  accrued through the end
                                     of  the   Collection   Period   immediately
                                     following  such partial  Prepayment  on the
                                     outstanding  Discounted  Contract Principal
                                     Balance  prior to such partial  Prepayment.
                                     In the case of a  partial  Prepayment,  the
                                     Servicer  is required  to  recalculate  the
                                     Discounted Contract Principal Balance,  and
                                     the  allocation  of  Scheduled  Payments to
                                     principal and interest.

Advances..........................   Subject   to  the   limitations   described
                                     herein, in the event that any Obligor fails
                                     to remit its full Scheduled  Payment due in
                                     a  Collection  Period by the  Determination
                                     Date related to such Collection Period, the
                                     Servicer  is  required  to make an  advance
                                     from its own  funds of an  amount  equal to
                                     such unpaid Scheduled  Payment (a "Servicer
                                     Advance")  if the  Servicer,  in  its  sole
                                     discretion,    determines   that   eventual
                                     repayment  of  such  Servicer   Advance  is
                                     likely from  collections  from or on behalf
                                     of  the  related  Obligor.   The  Indenture
                                     provides  for  the   reimbursement  of  the
                                     Servicer for such  Servicer  Advances  from
                                     funds  available  for  distribution  in the
                                     Collection   Account  on  each   subsequent
                                     Payment Date before the  required  payments
                                     to Noteholders  have been made as set forth
                                     below in "Flow of Funds." See  "Description
                                     of  the  Notes  --   Events   of   Servicer
                                     Advances" herein.

Optional Redemption...............   The   Transferor   will  have  the  option,
                                     subject to certain  conditions set forth in
                                     the Indenture, including the deposit of the
                                     sum  specified  therein  and the consent of
                                     the  Note  Insurer,   to  cause  the  early
                                     retirement  of the Notes as of any  Payment
                                     Date   following  the  date  on  which  the
                                     Aggregate  Outstanding Principal Balance of
                                     the Notes of all  classes  is less than 10%
                                     of the  Aggregate  Initial  Note  Principal
                                     Balance. In the event of such a redemption,
                                     the   entire   outstanding   Class  A  Note
                                     Principal  Balance,   the  Class  B-1  Note
                                     Principal  Balance,   the  Class  B-2  Note
                                     Principal  Balance  and the  Class B-3 Note
                                     Principal  Balance,  together  with accrued
                                     interest  thereon at the related Note Rate,
                                     will be  required to be paid to the Class A
                                     Noteholders, the Class B-1 Noteholders, the
                                     Class  B-2  Noteholders  and the  Class B-3
                                     Noteholders,  respectively, on such Payment
                                     Date  and  all  amounts  owed  to the  Note
                                     Insurer  and the Class B-2 credit  provider
                                     will be paid to the  Note  Insurer  and the
                                     Class B-2 credit provider, respectively, on
                                     such Payment Date.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-15
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Repurchase for
Certain Breaches 
of Representations
and Warranties ...................   First  Sierra will be  obligated  to accept
                                     the  reconveyance  of a Receivable from the
                                     Indenture   Trustee   and  to  deposit  the
                                     Repurchase  Amount if the  interest  of the
                                     Trust  by  the  Depositor  in  any  of  the
                                     related Equipment, the related Contract, or
                                     the  related  Contract  File is  materially
                                     adversely   affected   by  a  breach  of  a
                                     representation  or  warranty  made  by such
                                     party with respect to such  Contract and if
                                     such  breach  has  not  been  cured  within
                                     thirty days of discovery of such breach.

Certain Legal 
Aspects of the 
Contracts.........................   The   Depositor   will   warrant  that  the
                                     transfer by the  Depositor  to the Trust of
                                     the  Receivables  is a valid  transfer  and
                                     assignment   of   the   Receivables.    The
                                     Depositor will warrant that if the transfer
                                     by the  Depositor to the Trust is deemed to
                                     be a  grant  to  the  Trust  of a  security
                                     interest in the Receivables, then the Trust
                                     will  have  a  first   priority   perfected
                                     security  interest   therein,   except  for
                                     certain  liens  which  have  priority  over
                                     previously  perfected security interests by
                                     operation   of  law,   and,   with  certain
                                     exceptions,  in the proceeds  thereof.  The
                                     Servicer  will be  required  to  take  such
                                     action  as  is   required  to  perfect  the
                                     Trust's interest in the Receivables  except
                                     as  discussed  below  with  respect  to the
                                     Equipment.    If   the   Originator,    the
                                     Transferor,  the Depositor, the Servicer or
                                     the Indenture Trustee,  while in possession
                                     of an item of Receivables, sells or pledges
                                     and delivers  such  Receivables  to another
                                     party,  in violation of the  Indenture  and
                                     the  Servicing  Agreement,  there is a risk
                                     that  the   purchaser   could   acquire  an
                                     interest   in   such   Receivables   having
                                     priority over the Trust's interest.

                                     First Sierra, the Transferor, the Depositor
                                     and   the   Trust   will   file   financing
                                     statements in  accordance  with the Uniform
                                     Commercial   Code  as  in   effect  in  the
                                     applicable    jurisdiction    (the   "UCC")
                                     evidencing  the pledge of the Trust  Assets
                                     to the Indenture Trustee as follows:  (i) a
                                     UCC-1  financing  statement with respect to
                                     the  assignment  of  all  Contracts  to the
                                     Trust  pursuant to the  Depositor  Transfer
                                     Agreement, (ii) a UCC-1 financing statement
                                     with respect to the pledge of all Contracts
                                     by the Trust to the  Indenture  Trustee and
                                     (iii) with respect to each  Contract  which
                                     is a finance  lease for which First  Sierra
                                     has  filed  a  UCC-1  with  respect  to the
                                     related   Equipment,   a  UCC-3   financing
                                     statement  assigning First Sierra's lien on
                                     the  related  Equipment  to  the  Indenture
                                     Trustee on behalf of the Trust.  Subject to
                                     certain   limitations,   First  Sierra  has
                                     represented   that  it  has   filed   UCC-1
                                     financing   statements   with   respect  to
                                     Contracts as to which the related Equipment
                                     had an original cost of $75,000 or more.

                                     Except  as  described  in  the  immediately
                                     preceding   paragraph,   because   of   the
                                     administrative   burden  and  expense  that
                                     would  be  entailed  in so  doing,  none of
                                     First Sierra, the Transferor, the Depositor
                                     nor  the  Servicer  has  filed  or  will be
                                     required to file UCC  financing  statements
                                     in   favor   of   the   Indenture   Trustee
                                     identifying  the  Equipment  as  collateral
                                     pledged to the Indenture  Trustee on behalf
                                     of  the  Trust.  In  the  absence  of  such
                                     filings  any   security   interest  in  the
                                     related  Equipment will not be perfected in
                                     favor  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and  the
                                     Indenture  Trustee  shall have no liability
                                     with  respect  to such lack of  


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-16
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     perfection.   Upon   request  of  the  Note
                                     Insurer,  the Servicer  will be required to
                                     make such filings with respect to Defaulted
                                     Contracts.

Tax Status........................   Tax  Counsel is of the  opinion  that under
                                     existing  law the  Class  A  Notes  will be
                                     characterized  as indebtedness  for federal
                                     income tax purposes.  Under the Transaction
                                     Documents, the Depositor, the Servicer, the
                                     Noteholders and other parties will agree to
                                     treat  the  Class A Notes  as debt  for all
                                     income tax purposes.  See "Certain  Federal
                                     Income   Tax   Consequences"   herein   for
                                     additional   information   concerning   the
                                     application of federal income tax laws.

Rating of the
Class A Notes.....................   It is a  condition  to the  issuance of the
                                     Class A Notes  that  they be rated at least
                                     "AAA"  by   Standard   &   Poor's   Ratings
                                     Services,  a  division  of The  McGraw-Hill
                                     Companies  ("S&P")  and  "Aaa"  by  Moody's
                                     Investors  Service   ("Moody's")  (each,  a
                                     "Rating Agency").

ERISA
Considerations....................   As described herein,  the Class A Notes may
                                     be   purchased   by   Benefit   Plans   (as
                                     hereinafter  defined)  that are  subject to
                                     the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
                                     of 1974  ("ERISA") or entities using assets
                                     of such  Benefit  Plans.  Any Benefit  Plan
                                     should   consult   its  tax  and/or   legal
                                     advisors   in   determining   whether   all
                                     required conditions have been satisfied.

Risk Factors......................   For a  discussion  of certain  factors that
                                     should   be   considered   by   prospective
                                     Investors  in the Class A Notes,  see "Risk
                                     Factors"      herein      and      "Special
                                     Considerations" in the Prospectus.

Legal Matters.....................   Certain legal matters relating to the Notes
                                     will be  passed  upon by Dewey  Ballantine,
                                     New York, New York.  Certain federal income
                                     tax  matters  will be  passed  upon for the
                                     Trust by Dewey  Ballantine,  New York,  New
                                     York. Certain legal matters relating to the
                                     Note  Insurer  will be passed  upon for the
                                     Note   Insurer   by  Kutak   Rock,   Omaha,
                                     Nebraska.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-17
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition  to the Special  Considerations  discussed  in the  Prospectus,
prospective  Class A  Noteholders  should  consider,  among  other  things,  the
following  additional  factors in  connection  with the  purchase of the Class A
Notes:

     Risk of Downgrade of Initial  Ratings  Assigned to Notes. It is a condition
to the  issuance  of the Class A Notes that they be rated "AAA" by S&P and "Aaa"
by Moody's.  A rating is not a recommendation to purchase,  hold or sell Class A
Notes,  inasmuch  as  such  rating  does  not  comment  as to  market  price  or
suitability for a particular investor. The rating of the Class A Notes addresses
the likelihood of the timely  payment of interest on and the ultimate  repayment
of principal of the Class A Notes pursuant to their terms. There is no assurance
that a rating will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not
be  lowered  or  withdrawn  entirely  by the  Rating  Agency if in its  judgment
circumstances in the future so warrant. The rating of the Class A Notes is based
primarily on the Rating  Agencies'  analysis of the Contracts and the Equipment,
overcollateralization  and the  subordination  provided by the Class B Notes and
the Trust Certificate and the Note Insurance Policy.

     Transfer of  Servicing  May Delay  Payments.  If First Sierra were to cease
acting as  Servicer,  delays  in  processing  payments  on the  Receivables  and
information  in respect  thereof could occur and result in delays in payments to
the Class A Noteholders.

     Risks  Associated with Inability Of First Sierra to Reacquire  Receivables.
First Sierra will make  representations  and warranties  with respect to certain
matters relating to the Receivables. In certain circumstances, First Sierra will
be required to reacquire from the Trust  Receivables  with respect to which such
representations  and  warranties  have been  breached.  In the event  that First
Sierra is incapable of complying  with its  reacquire  obligations  and no other
party  is  obligated  to  perform  or  satisfy  such  obligations,  the  Class A
Noteholders  may be subject to delays in  receiving  payments and suffer loss of
their investment in the Securities.

     Geographic  Concentrations of Receivables.  As of the Statistic Calculation
Date,  Obligors  with respect to  approximately  26.84%,  9.70% and 7.47% of the
Receivables (based on the Aggregate  Discounted Contract Principal Balance as of
the Statistic Calculation Date and mailing addresses) were located in the States
of  California,  Florida and Texas,  respectively.  See the  "Receivables  Pool"
herein.  Accordingly,  adverse economic conditions or other factors particularly
affecting  these States could  adversely  affect the  delinquency,  loan loss or
repossession experience of the Trust with respect to the Receivables.

                                 THE RECEIVABLES

     The  Receivables  consist of the Contracts  and a security  interest in the
Equipment.

The Equipment.

     The Equipment  subject to the  Contracts  consists of small to medium sized
equipment  used in a wide  variety of  business  consistent  with  small  ticket
equipment leasing. The equipment and other property underlying the Contracts may
include, but is not limited to, the following: equipment utilized in the offices
and clinics of dentists,  medical doctors,  chiropractors and other professional
service   providers,   equipment   utilized   in  the  offices  and  clinics  of
veterinarians,   restaurant  equipment,   point  of  sale  equipment,   computer
equipment,  copier  and  facsimile  equipment,   telecommunications   equipment,
automobile  servicing  equipment and other similar  general use equipment in the
service sector.

The Contracts

     The Contracts  consist of small ticket  leases,  and  commercial  loans and
security  interests in the related  equipment or other  property (i) acquired by
First  Sierra from small  independent  leasing  companies  on an on-going  basis
through the Private  Label Program or (ii)  originated  directly by First Sierra
through the Broker Program or the Vendor Program. See "First Sierra" herein. The
Transferor will also acquire 464 Contracts representing 


                                      S-18
<PAGE>

3.91% of the Statistical  Discounted Principal Balance of the pool from Heritage
Finance Corp. I, an affiliate of First Sierra, in connection with the redemption
of its Lease-Backed Notes.

     The  Receivables  consist of the Contracts  and a security  interest in the
Equipment.  As of the Statistic Calculation Date, the Contracts had an Aggregate
Discounted Contract Principal Balance (calculated using an assumed discount rate
of 7.25% the "Statistical Discount Rate")) of approximately $229,728,292.98 (the
"Statistical   Discounted   Contract   Principal   Balance").   The  statistical
information  concerning the pool of  Receivables  set forth herein is based upon
information  as of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date and using  the  Statistical
Discount Rate. The actual  discount rate of ___% (the "Discount  Rate") has been
calculated  using the actual  levels of fees payable by the Trust and the actual
Note Rates borne by the Notes of each class,  and shall be used to calculate the
actual Initial Class A Note Principal  Balance and the actual Initial  Aggregate
Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance of the Contracts.  The Initial Aggregate
Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balance of the Contracts as of the Cut-Off Date
calculated  using  the  Discount  Rate is  $__________.  Between  the  Statistic
Calculation Date and the Closing Date some  amortization of the pool is expected
to  occur.  In  addition,  certain  Contracts  included  in the  pool  as of the
Statistic  Calculation  Date  may be  determined  not to  meet  the  eligibility
requirements  for the final  pool,  and may not be  included  in the final pool.
While the statistical distribution of the characteristics as of the Closing Date
for the final  Receivables  pool and  calculated  at the Discount Rate will vary
somewhat from the  statistical  distribution of such  characteristics  as of the
Statistic  Calculation  Date and  calculated  at the  assumed  Discount  Rate as
presented in this Prospectus Supplement, such variance will not be material.

     The "Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance" with respect to any Contract,
on any  Determination  Date,  is the  sum of  the  present  value  of all of the
remaining  Scheduled  Payments becoming due under such Contract after the end of
the prior  Collection  Period,  discounted  monthly at the Discount  Rate in the
manner described below;  provided,  however, that except to the extent expressly
provided in the Servicing  Agreement,  the Discounted Contract Principal Balance
of any Defaulted Contract,  Early Termination  Contract,  or Expired Contract or
Contract  repurchased by First Sierra or the Servicer  pursuant to the Servicing
Agreement shall be equal to zero.

     In  connection  with all  calculations  required to be made pursuant to the
Transaction  Documents with respect to the determination of Discounted  Contract
Principal Balances,  on any Determination Date the Discounted Contract Principal
Balance for each Contract shall be calculated assuming:

     (i)   Scheduled Payments are due on the last day of each Collection Period;

     (ii)  Scheduled  Payments are  discounted on a monthly basis using a 30 day
           month and a 360 day year; and

     (iii) Scheduled  Payments are  discounted to the last day of the Collection
           Period prior to the Determination Date.

     The "Aggregate  Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance" as determined from
time to time is the sum of the  Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balances of all
Contracts.

     All of the  Contracts  require the periodic,  scheduled  payment of rent or
other payments on a monthly, quarterly,  semi-annual or annual basis, in arrears
or in advance.  Such  periodic  payments  are  referred to herein as  "Scheduled
Payments."

     The Contracts have the characteristics specified in the Transfer Agreements
and described herein,  and the Contracts eligible to be designated as Substitute
Contracts  will  conform  to  the  characteristics  specified  in  the  Transfer
Agreements and herein.

     The terms of the Contracts  generally range from 4 to 85 months.  The final
scheduled  payment date on the Contract  with the latest  maturity is August 10,
2004.  As of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date,  all of the  Contracts  had  (i)
original  terms to  maturity of 4 months to 85 months,  with a weighted  average
original term to maturity of approximately 57 months;  and (ii) a remaining term
to  maturity  of not less  than 2 months  and not more  than 85  months,  with a
weighted average remaining term to maturity of approximately 53 months.


                                      S-19
<PAGE>

     References  herein to  percentages  of  Obligors  refer in each case to the
percentage  of the  Statistical  Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balance of the
Contracts as of the Statistic Calculation Date.

     As of the Statistic  Calculation  Date, the Discounted  Contract  Principal
Balances of the Contracts ranged from $75.32 to $658,759.30.  No more than 0.39%
of the Statistical  Discounted Contract Principal Balance is attributable to any
one  Obligor,   and  the  average  Discounted   Contract  Principal  Balance  is
approximately $19,979.85.



     Under the  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Servicer  is  permitted  to allow an
Obligor to prepay a Contract in an amount not less than the  related  Prepayment
Amount.  In  addition,  in the event  that an  Obligor  requests  an  upgrade or
trade-in  of  Equipment,  the  Servicer  may remove such  Equipment  and related
Contract from the Trust Assets,  but only upon payment of an amount equal to the
sum of (i) the Discounted  Contract Principal Balance as of the first day of the
Collection  Period preceding such removal,  (ii) one month's interest thereon at
the Discount Rate, and (iii) any Scheduled  Payments due and  outstanding  under
such  Contract  that  have  not  been  paid by the  Obligor  (collectively,  the
"Repurchase Amount").

Substitutions and Modifications

     Pursuant to the Servicing  Agreement,  the Transferor,  with the consent of
the Note Insurer, may substitute one or more Contracts and the related Equipment
for and replace Contracts and the related Equipment that (i) becomes a Defaulted
Contract,  a Prepayment or an Early Termination Contract or (ii) are required to
be repurchased by First Sierra pursuant to the Servicing Agreement.

     Each  Substitute  Contract  shall be a Contract,  which  satisfies  certain
representations   and  warranties  set  forth  in  the  Servicing  Agreement  (a
"Substitute  Contract") as of the related  Substitute  Contract Cut-Off Date. In
addition, the following conditions must be satisfied:

          (i) on a  cumulative  basis  from  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the sum of the
     Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balance  (as  of  the  related  Substitute
     Contract Cut-Off Date) of such Substitute Contracts would not exceed 10% of
     the Initial Aggregate  Discounted Contract Principal Balance of all Contrac
     as of the Cut-Off Date;

          (ii)  as  of  the  related  Substitute   Contract  Cut-Off  Date,  the
     Substitute  Contracts  then being  transferred  have a Discounted  Contract
     Principal Balance that is not less than the Discounted  Contract  Principal
     Balance of the Contracts being replaced; and

          (iii) no substitution shall be permitted if, as a result thereof,  (X)
     the sum of the Scheduled  Payments on all  Contracts due in any  Collection
     Period  thereafter would be less than or increase the amount by which it is
     less than (Y) the sum of the Scheduled  Payments  which would  otherwise be
     due in such Collection Period.

     The  Servicer  may  waive,  modify  or vary any term of a  Contract  if the
Servicer, in its reasonable and prudent judgment, determines that it will not be
materially adverse to the Noteholders or the Note Insurer. However, the Servicer
will  covenant  in the  Servicing  Agreement  that (i) it will not  forgive  any
payment of rent, principal or interest, (ii) unless an Obligor is in default, it
will not permit any  modification  with respect to a Contract  which would defer
the payment of any principal or interest or any Scheduled  Payment or change the
final maturity date on any Contract;  provided,  however,  that no change in the
final maturity date of any Contract shall be permitted  under any  circumstances
if such new maturity  date is later than the latest  maturity  date of any other
Contract then held by the Trust, and (iii) the Servicer may accept Prepayment in
part or in full; provided, further, that (1) in the event of Prepayment in full,
the Servicer may consent to such  Prepayment only in an amount not less than the
Prepayment Amount and (2) in the event of a partial Prepayment, the Servicer may
consent to such partial Prepayment only if (x) following such partial Prepayment
there are no  delinquent  amounts then due from the Obligor and (y) such partial
Prepayment  will not reduce the Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balance by more
than an amount  equal to (I) the amount of such partial  Prepayment,  minus (II)
unpaid interest at the Discount Rate,  accrued through the end of the Collection
Period  immediately   following  such  partial  Prepayment  on  the  outstanding
Discounted Contract Principal Balance prior to such partial  Prepayment.  In the
case of a partial Prepayment, the


                                      S-20
<PAGE>

Servicer is required to accurately recalculate the Discounted Contract Principal
Balance, and the allocation of Scheduled Payments to principal and interest.

     Pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will manage,  administer,
service and make  collections on the Contracts,  in accordance with the terms of
the Servicing  Agreement,  the  Contracts,  the  Servicer's  current  credit and
collection  policies and applicable law and, to the extent  consistent with such
terms, in the same manner in which, and with the same care, skill,  prudence and
diligence  with which,  it services  and  administers  leases of similar  credit
quality for itself or others,  if any, giving due consideration to customary and
usual  standards of practice of prudent  institutional  small  ticket  equipment
finance  lease  servicers  and,  in each case,  taking  into  account  its other
obligations  under  the  Servicing  Agreement   (collectively,   the  "Servicing
Standard").   The  Servicer  shall  use  commercially  reasonable  best  efforts
consistent with the Servicing Standard and its customary  servicing  procedures,
to repossess or otherwise comparably convert the ownership of any Equipment that
it has  reasonably  determined  should be  repossessed  or  otherwise  converted
following a default under the Contract remarket, either through sale or release,
the Equipment upon the expiration of the term of the related Contract and act as
sales and  processing  agent for Equipment  which it  repossesses.  The Servicer
shall follow such practices and procedures as are consistent  with the Servicing
Standard and as it shall deem  necessary or advisable  and as shall be customary
and usual in its servicing of equipment leases and other actions by the Servicer
in order to realize upon such a Contract,  which may include  reasonable efforts
to enforce any recourse obligations of Obligors and repossessing and selling the
Equipment at public or private  sale.  The foregoing is subject to the provision
that,  in any case in which  the  Equipment  shall  have  suffered  damage,  the
Servicer shall not be required to expend funds in connection  with any repair or
towards the  repossession  of such  Equipment  unless it shall  determine in its
discretion that such repair and/or  repossession  will increase the proceeds and
recoveries  on such  Equipment  by an  amount  greater  than the  amount of such
expenses.

     Following is certain  statistical  information  relating to the Receivables
pool, calculated as of the Statistic Calculation Date and assuming a statistical
Discount Rate of 7.25%. Certain columns may not total 100% due to rounding.


                                      S-21
<PAGE>

     DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS BY DISCOUNTED CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE

                                                                 Percentage of
                                              Statistical         Statistical
                                              Discounted          Discounted 
    Discounted Contract       Number of       Contract        Contract Principal
    Principal Balance         Contracts   Principal Balance         Balance
    -----------------         ---------   -----------------         -------
Greater      Less Than or                                     
 Than         Equal to                                        
 ----         --------                                        
$      1     $  5,000           5,106      $  7,665,210.30             3.34%
   5,000       10,000           1,214         8,426,077.55             3.67
  10,000       15,000           856          10,560,968.03             4.60
  15,000       20,000           777          13,649,888.18             5.94
  20,000       25,000           656          14,587,182.50             6.35
  25,000       30,000           522          14,355,854.51             6.25
  30,000       35,000           458          14,843,335.23             6.46
  35,000       40,000           303          11,286,998.78             4.91
  40,000       45,000           199           8,440,294.06             3.67
  45,000       50,000           178           8,434,605.45             3.67
  50,000       55,000           178           9,311,428.76             4.05
  55,000       60,000           153           8,764,410.68             3.82
  60,000       65,000           166          10,376,900.57             4.52
  65,000       70,000           115           7,732,273.91             3.37
  70,000       75,000           62            4,502,558.48             1.96
  75,000       80,000           62            4,811,932.38             2.09
  80,000       85,000           48            3,967,456.12             1.73
  85,000       90,000           39            3,409,955.65             1.48
  90,000       95,000           27            2,497,439.27             1.09
  95,000      100,000           34            3,319,856.21             1.45
 100,000      150,000           181          21,772,433.94             9.48
 150,000      200,000           107          18,327,546.65             7.98
 200,000      250,000           22            4,883,357.53             2.13
 250,000      300,000           11            3,057,851.17             1.33
 300,000      350,000           8             2,619,021.00             1.14
 350,000      400,000           2               776,254.79             0.34
 400,000      450,000           3             1,313,811.38             0.57
 450,000      500,000           4             1,878,083.38             0.82
 500,000      600,000           5             2,858,576.27             1.24
 600,000      750,000           2             1,296,730.23             0.56
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total....................  11,498          $229,728,292.98           100.00%
================================================================================


                                      S-22
<PAGE>

       DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS BY DEFINED OBLIGOR INDUSTRY (Top 25)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Percentage           
                                                Number             Statistical            of  Statistical
                                                 of             Discounted Contract       Discounted Contract
            Industry Type                     Contracts          Principal Balance       Principal Balance ct
            -------------                     ---------          -----------------       --------------------

<S>                                              <C>             <C>                            <C>   
Offices and Clinics of Dentists                  1,202           $  75,270,395.39               32.76%
Offices and Clinics of Medical Doctors           364                11,064,912.56                4.82
Veterinary Services                              165                 7,004,024.84                3.05
Eating Places                                    430                 6,214,183.08                2.71
Automotive Dealers, NEC                          291                 5,610,553.70                2.44
Business Services, NEC                           519                 4,773,026.59                2.08
Offices and Clinics of Chiropractors             107                 3,631,754.79                1.58
Eating and Drinking Places                       297                 3,572,142.24                1.55
Hotels and Motels                                146                 2,835,569.49                1.23
Gasoline Service Stations                        330                 2,634,995.19                1.15
Lawn and Garden Services                         101                 2,093,868.18                0.91
Local Trucking, Without Storage                  69                  2,046,880.27                0.89
Offices and Clinics of Optometrists              49                  1,901,412.20                0.83
Veterinary Services for Livestock                28                  1,630,152.47                0.71
Grocery Stores                                   128                 1,514,007.90                0.66
Commercial Printing, Lithographic                46                  1,481,634.42                0.64
Equipment Rental & Leasing                       76                  1,475,895.77                0.64
Miscellaneous Retail Stores                      324                 1,428,403.66                0.62
Miscellaneous Food Stores                        127                 1,182,195.30                0.51
Drug Stores and Proprietaries                    101                 1,117,385.59                0.49
Landscape and Horticulture                       67                  1,113,751.44                0.48
Home Health Care Services                        41                  1,070,914.13                0.47
Engineering Services                             40                  1,037,299.68                0.45
Computer Related Services                        78                  1,028,437.92                0.45
Top & Body Repair Painting                       45                  1,015,171.44                0.44
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (Top 25 Defined Industries) .........   5,171               $143,748,968.24               62.57%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Others.................................   6,327                $85,979,324.74               37.43%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total   ...................................  11,498               $229,728,292.98              100.00%
=========================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                      S-23
<PAGE>

            DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS BY OBLIGOR BILLING ADDRESS
                                                                  Percentage
                                          Statistical           of Statistical
                       Number of     Discounted Contract     Discounted Contract
     State             Contracts      Principal Balance       Principal Balance
     -----             ---------      -----------------     -------------------
Alabama                     175      $    2,576,736.16               1.12%
Alaska                       14             360,203.15               0.16
Arizona                     212           5,717,504.71               2.49
Arkansas                     53             765,135.09               0.33
California                2,029          61,663,539.65              26.84
Colorado                    133           3,119,008.29               1.36
Connecticut                 150           3,481,485.74               1.52
Delaware                     23           1,005,315.02               0.44
Florida                   1,201          22,279,344.75               9.70
Georgia                     439           7,481,479.24               3.26
Hawaii                       19             389,316.47               0.17
Idaho                        25             428,758.38               0.19
Illinois                    449           6,068,798.07               2.64
Indiana                     130           2,139,297.84               0.93
Iowa                         49             583,560.23               0.25
Kansas                       87           1,200,878.69               0.52
Kentucky                     72           1,643,601.20               0.72
Louisiana                    85           1,575,591.76               0.69
Maine                        16             746,199.56               0.32
Maryland                    342           4,314,338.42               1.88
Massachusetts               292           5,520,483.85               2.40
Michigan                    422           5,362,357.15               2.33
Minnesota                    79           1,814,222.79               0.79
Mississippi                  40             892,771.03               0.39
Missouri                    180           1,973,376.58               0.86
Montana                      22             784,783.07               0.34
Nebraska                     51           1,099,361.03               0.48
Nevada                       68           2,280,970.96               0.99
New Hampshire                41             999,672.12               0.44
New Jersey                  498           9,059,159.28               3.94
New Mexico                   42             650,013.45               0.28
New York                  1,037          16,042,980.99               6.98
North Carolina              237           4,968,484.98               2.16
North Dakota                  2              43,900.60               0.02
Ohio                        261           5,046,311.45               2.20
Oklahoma                     91           1,333,901.84               0.58
Oregon                       76           2,905,413.49               1.26
Pennsylvania                356           7,172,645.50               3.12
Rhode Island                 42             809,299.86               0.35
South Carolina               95           1,560,584.10               0.68
South Dakota                 10             333,651.98               0.15
Tennessee                   148           2,070,485.29               0.90
Texas                       987          17,172,181.47               7.47
Utah                         45           1,637,333.54               0.71
Vermont                      13             133,643.36               0.06
Virginia                    311           4,624,271.59               2.01
Washington                  127           3,377,352.75               1.47
Washington, D.C.             40             376,139.54               0.16
West Virginia                26             506,338.04               0.22
Wisconsin                   146           1,522,048.63               0.66
Wyoming                      10             114,060.26               0.05
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total..................  11,498        $229,728,292.98             100.00%
================================================================================


                                      S-24


<PAGE>

          DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS BY REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remaining Term in Months
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         
                                                                  Percentage    
                                           Statistical          of Statistical 
Greater     Less Than       Number     Discounted Contract   Discounted Contract
 Than      or Equal to   of Contracts   Principal Balance    Principal Balance  
 -----     -----------   ------------   -----------------    -------------------
1              12              184       $    905,478.88             0.39%
12             24              736          8,703,969.00             3.79
24             36            4,584         44,853,392.82            19.52
36             48            2,952         31,283,822.78            13.62
48             60            2,270         77,247,471.32            33.63
60             72              254         19,281,188.54             8.39
72             84              517         47,361,207.42            20.62
84             96                1             91,762.22             0.04
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total    ................   11,498       $229,728,292.98           100.00%
================================================================================

           DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS BY ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Original Term in Months
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Percentage    
                                           Statistical          of Statistical 
Greater     Less Than       Number     Discounted Contract   Discounted Contract
 Than      or Equal to   of Contracts   Principal Balance     Principal Balance
 -----     -----------   ------------   -----------------    -------------------

1              12              114       $    540,984.45             0.24%
12             24              577          6,645,160.41             2.89
24             36            2,829         40,819,449.29            17.77
36             48            4,729         31,354,457.50            13.65
48             60            2,268         75,174,288.16            32.72
60             72              407         22,460,768.20             9.78
72             84              515         48,882,208.58            21.28
84             96               59          3,850,976.40             1.68
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total    ................   11,498       $229,728,292.98           100.00%
================================================================================


                                      S-25
<PAGE>

                                 THE TRANSFEROR

     First Sierra  Receivables IV, Inc. (the  "Transferor") is a limited purpose
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Transferor's
principal  executive  offices are located at 1061 E. Indiantown Road, Suite 204,
Jupiter, Florida, 33477.

     The  Transferor  does not intend to engage in any  business  or  investment
activities other than acquiring,  owning,  leasing,  transferring,  receiving or
pledging the assets transferred to the Transferor.  The Transferor's certificate
of incorporation  (the  "Certificate of Incorporation ") limits the Transferor's
business and  investment  activities to the above purposes and to any activities
necessary,  suitable or  convenient  to  accomplish  the foregoing or incidental
thereto.  Pursuant  to  the  Transferor's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,   the
limitations  so imposed on the  Transferor's  business  may only be altered upon
unanimous affirmative vote of all of the Transferor's  directors,  including the
Independent Director. The Transferor's Certificate of Incorporation requires the
Transferor,  at all  times,  to have  at  least  one  Independent  Director.  An
"Independent Director" is not permitted to be a director, officer or employee of
any direct or ultimate parent or affiliate of the Originator, provided, however,
that such Independent Director may serve in similar capacities for other limited
purpose corporations which are affiliated with the Originator.  The Transferor's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  further  prohibits the  Transferor,  without the
unanimous affirmative vote of the directors, including the Independent Director,
from  (1)  instituting  or  consenting  to  the  institution  of  bankruptcy  or
insolvency  proceedings,  (2) merging or consolidating with another corporation,
(3) incurring, assuming or guaranteeing any indebtedness other than as otherwise
provided in the Certificate of  Incorporation,  or (4) engaging in certain other
actions  that would have a negative  impact  upon  whether  the  separate  legal
identities of the Transferor and the Originator will be respected.

     The Transferor has taken steps in structuring the transactions contemplated
hereby that are intended to ensure that the  voluntary or  involuntary  petition
for  relief  by First  Sierra  under  any  Insolvency  Law will  not  result  in
consolidation  of the assets and  liabilities  of the  Transferor  with those of
First Sierra.. These steps include the creation of the Transferor as a separate,
limited purpose corporation having a restrictive Certificate of Incorporation as
described above.

     The Transferor  will not acquire any assets other than the  Receivables and
other  property  related  thereto.  Because  the  Transferor  does  not have any
operating  history and will not engage in any  business  activity  other than as
described  above,  there has not been included  herein any historical or current
financial information with respect to the Transferor.

     The  Originator  or its  affiliates,  as  applicable,  will  warrant to the
Transferor  in the  Receivables  Transfer  Agreements  that the  transfer of the
related  Receivables to the Transferor is a valid transfer of the Receivables to
the  Transferor.  In  addition,  the  Originator  and  its  affiliates  and  the
Transferor  will  treat  the  transactions   described  herein  as  an  absolute
conveyance of the Receivables to the Transferor and the Transferor will take all
actions that are required to perfect the Transferor's  ownership interest in the
Receivables.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if First Sierra were to become a
debtor in a  bankruptcy  case and a creditor  or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such
debtor or such debtor  itself were to take the position that the transfer of the
Receivables  to the  Transferor  should be  recharacterized  as a pledge of such
Receivables  to secure a borrowing  of such  debtor,  then delays in payments of
collections of  Receivables  to the Transferor  could occur or (should the court
rule in favor of any such trustee,  debtor or creditor) reductions in the amount
of such payments could result.  If the transfer of Receivables to the Transferor
is recharacterized as a pledge, then a tax or government lien on the property of
First Sierra  arising  before the transfer of  Receivables to the Transferor may
have  priority  over  the  Transferor's  interest  in such  Receivables.  If the
transfer of Receivables to the Transferor is treated as a sale, the  Receivables
would not be part of First Sierra's bankruptcy estate and would not be available
to First Sierra's creditors.

                                  FIRST SIERRA

     First Sierra is a specialized finance company that acquires and originates,
sells and services  equipment  contracts.  The underlying  contracts financed by
First  Sierra  relate to a wide  range of  equipment,  including  computers  and
peripherals,    computer    software,    medical,    dental   and    diagnostic,
telecommunications, 


                                      S-26
<PAGE>

office,  automotive servicing,  hotel security,  food services, tree service and
industrial,  as  well as  specialty  vehicles.  The  equipment  generally  has a
purchase price of less than $250,000 (with an average of approximately $17,000),
and thus First  Sierra's  contracts  are commonly  referred to as "small  ticket
contracts."

     First  Sierra  has  established  strategic  alliances  with  a  network  of
independent leasing companies,  contract brokers and equipment vendors,  each of
which acts as a source  from which  First  Sierra  obtains  access to  equipment
contracts.  First  Sierra  customizes  contract  financing  products to meet the
specific  equipment  financing needs of its customers and in many cases provides
such customers with servicing and technological  support via on-line connections
to First Sierra's state-of-the-art computer system.

     First Sierra  commenced  operations in June 1994 and initially  developed a
program to purchase  contracts from leasing  companies  which had the ability to
originate  significant  contract  volumes  and were  willing and able to provide
credit  protection to First Sierra (through recourse and purchase price holdback
features)  and perform  certain  servicing  functions  on an ongoing  basis with
respect to such  contracts.  This  program,  referred to by First  Sierra as its
"Private  Label"  program (and the  companies  that  participate  in the Private
Program are "Sources"), was designed to provide First Sierra with access to high
volumes of contracts  eligible for the securitization  market,  while minimizing
the risk of loss to First  Sierra.  First  Sierra  has  experienced  significant
growth  in its  Private  Label  program  since  inception,  with the  volume  of
contracts  purchased  increasing  from $4.5 million in 1994, to $65.2 million in
1995, to $161.1 million in 1996.

Private Label Program

General

     The Private Label Program was designed to provide financing to small ticket
Sources which were typically  financed by local commercial  banks.  Each Private
Label transaction  generally contains one or more of the following types of loss
protection:  (a) recourse to the Source which  requires the Source to repurchase
contracts that are typically 90 days past due up to an aggregate  amount that is
10% to 20% of the  total  purchase  price of the  contracts  acquired  from such
Source, (b) remarketing of the equipment that is subject to a defaulted contract
and (c)  maintenance  of a reserve  fund funded by holdbacks of a portion of the
purchase price owing to the Source,  such reserve funds  typically range from 1%
to 10% of the purchase  price of the related  contracts.  However,  some Private
Label   transactions   contain  none  of  the  foregoing   protections  and  are
non-recourse  to the Source  (although  such Sources are obligated to repurchase
contracts as to which a breach of representation or warranty occurs).

     The Private Label Program  utilizes three separate forms of agreements that
utilize the above types of loss  protection.  Under the first,  First Sierra has
recourse  to the Source in an amount  ranging  from 10% to 20% of the  aggregate
purchase  price  of the  contracts  acquired  from  such  Source  for  defaulted
contracts. Under the second form of agreement, in addition to the aforementioned
recourse to the Source,  First  Sierra has the benefit of a funded cash  reserve
account which generally ranges from 1% to 10% of the total purchase price of the
contracts acquired from such Source. Such amount is funded by the retention of a
specified percentage of the purchase price for each contract as a reserve. Under
the third option, First Sierra has recourse only to the cash reserve account for
credit losses.

Underwriting Procedures

     In order to qualify for  participation  in the  Private  Label  Program,  a
Source must satisfy certain criteria,  which generally require that the majority
of the Source's business be small ticket contracts ($5,000 - $250,000), generate
a minimum  volume of  contracts,  have been in business a minimum of five years,
have  established  a track  record in business  and  personal  credit,  and have
sufficient  staff  and  financial  resources.  The  specific  requirements  vary
depending  upon such  things  as  transaction  size,  and type and  location  of
equipment financed.

     First Sierra's  underwriting  guidelines  with respect to Obligors  contain
specific  requirements  which  vary  according  to the  nature of the  Obligor's
business,  the size of the transaction,  and the type of program under which the
Source is seeking approval. In underwriting the Obligor, First Sierra considers,
among other things, time in business, bank, credit and trade references,  credit
bureau  reports on all  officers,  Dun &  Bradstreet  reports,  confirmation  of
ownership, complete financial package, personal guarantees, maximum exposure per
Obligor,  


                                      S-27
<PAGE>

verification of a personal medical  license,  where  applicable,  and historical
financial  statements  or tax  returns for  commercial  exposures  greater  than
$50,000.

     The Private Label Source typically closes the contract transaction prior to
sale to First Sierra.  The Source will have  performed all the necessary  credit
inquiries and  documentation,  and will submit this  information to First Sierra
for review.  Each  contract  submitted  for funding from any approved  Source is
individually  underwritten  and approved by First  Sierra.  Individual  contract
underwriting  procedures  generally  include review of credit bureau reports and
verification of bank references,  trade references, and licenses. For commercial
exposures  greater  than  $50,000,   First  Sierra  reviews  personal  financial
statements,  business financial statements,  and tax returns with an emphasis on
cash flow and the ability to service the contract  payments  and debt.  For each
contract  application First Sierra receives,  the credit department  reviews all
documentation and credit reviews. First Sierra performs periodic verification on
all acquired  contracts on a random basis.  Through June 30, 1997,  First Sierra
had incurred net  charge-offs of $25,000 from contracts  funded  pursuant to the
Private Label program.  There can be no assurance  that First  Sierra's  Private
Label Sources will  continue to meet their  repurchase  obligations  or that the
amounts  withheld under the purchase price holdback feature of the Private Label
program,  together with any amounts  realized  upon  disposal of the  underlying
equipment, will be sufficient to fully offset any losses which might be incurred
upon default of Obligors in the future.

Broker Program

     First Sierra's Broker program is designed to fund equipment  contracts from
small ticket contract brokers that are unwilling or unable to provide the credit
protection and perform the servicing functions necessary to participate in First
Sierra's Private Label program.  In a typical Broker  transaction,  First Sierra
originates contracts referred to it by the Broker and pays the Source a referral
fee.  Contracts  originated  under  the  Broker  program  are  structured  on  a
non-recourse  basis,  with risk of loss in the event of default  by the  Obligor
residing  with First  Sierra.  First  Sierra  owns or (in the case of a contract
intended  as  security)  has a security  interest  in the  underlying  equipment
covered by a Broker contract and, in certain cases,  retains a residual interest
in such  underlying  equipment.  All servicing  functions are performed by First
Sierra.

     First  Sierra  also   provides  a  variety  of   value-added   services  to
participants in its Broker program,  including  consulting on the structuring of
financing  transactions with equipment  purchasers,  timely and efficient credit
approvals and  preparation and completion of  standardized  contract  documents.
Although  First  Sierra  enters  into a  brokerage  agreement  with  each of the
participants in its Broker program, such agreements are not exclusive and can be
terminated by either party.

     First Sierra's yields on contracts  originated under its Broker program are
higher than those acquired  under its Private Label program  because of the risk
of loss and  servicing  responsibilities  assumed by First  Sierra in the Broker
program.

Vendor Program

     First Sierra's Vendor program  focuses on establishing  formal and informal
relationships  with equipment  vendors in order to establish First Sierra as the
provider of financing recommended by such vendors to their equipment purchasers.
By assisting  such  vendors in  providing  timely,  convenient  and  competitive
financing  for  their  equipment  sales  and  offering   vendors  a  variety  of
value-added  services,   First  Sierra  simultaneously   promotes  the  vendor's
equipment  sales and the  utilization  of First Sierra as the equipment  finance
provider.

     In a typical  vendor  arrangement,  First Sierra  originates  all contracts
referred to it by the Vendor.  Contracts originated under the Vendor program are
structured on a non-recourse  basis, with risk of loss in the event of a default
by the Obligor residing with First Sierra.  First Sierra owns or (in the case of
a contract  intended as  security)  has a security  interest  in the  underlying
equipment covered by a vendor contract and, in certain cases, retains a residual
interest in such  equipment.  All  servicing  functions  are  performed by First
Sierra under the Vendor program.

     The Vendor  program  provides  for  customized  financing  arrangements  to
respond to the needs of a particular  vendor and its equipment  purchasers.  The
value-added  services  offered  by First  Sierra to  participants  in 


                                      S-28
<PAGE>

its Vendor program  include  consulting  with vendors on  structuring  financing
transactions  with  equipment  purchasers,   training  the  vendor's  sales  and
management  staffs to understand  and market First  Sierra's  various  financing
alternatives,  customizing  financial  products to encourage  product sales, and
preparation and completion of standardized  contract  documents.  In most cases,
First  Sierra's  sales  representatives  also work  directly  with the  vendor's
equipment purchasers, providing them with the guidance necessary to complete the
equipment financing  transaction.  First Sierra also may participate actively in
the vendor's sale sand marketing  efforts,  including  advertising,  promotions,
trade show activities and sales meetings.

     First Sierra generally  obtains higher yields on contracts funded under the
Vendor  program  than those in the Broker  program  due to  additional  services
provided by First Sierra under the Vendor program.

                                  THE SERVICER

General

     First Sierra Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Servicer"),  was
founded  in June 1994.  Its  principal  office is located at 600 Travis  Street,
Suite 7050,  Houston,  Texas 77002.  Since its  incorporation,  First Sierra has
acquired over $390 million of contracts for equipment and other property.  First
Sierra,  is a publicly  traded  company  and its  common  stock is listed on the
Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol "FSFH".

     As of May 1997, First Sierra had 120 full time employees,  of which 34 were
engaged in credit and  collection  activities,  37 were engaged in servicing and
general administration activities and 49 were engaged in marketing activities.

Delinquency and Loss Experience

     The  table  set forth  below  present  certain  information  regarding  the
delinquency  experience of the  Servicer's  portfolio of contracts for equipment
and other property for the periods indicated. There can be no assurance that the
levels of delinquency experience reflected in the following table are indicative
of the  performance  of the  Contracts.  Through June 30, 1997, the Servicer had
incurred net charge-offs of $25,000.

                             Delinquency Experience
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           As of December 31, 1996                     As of March 31, 1997
                                Private                                      Private
                                 Label     Broker     Vendor      Total       Label        Broker      Vendor       Total
                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>     
Gross Remaining Contract 
Receivable                     $244,049    $9,715     $3,470    $257,234    $280,036      $23,407      $10,518   $313,961

31 - 60 days past due             2.46%     1.69%      0.00%       2.40%       2.21%        0.73%       0.17%       2.03%
61 - 90 days past due             0.81      0.29       0.00        0.78        0.81         0.17        0.00        0.74
Over 90 days past due             0.35      0.00       0.00        0.33        0.48         0.00        0.00        0.43
                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                             3.62%     1.98%      0.00%       3.51%       3.50%        0.90%       0.17%       3.20%
</TABLE>

     While the above  delinquency  experiences  are  typical  of First  Sierra's
experiences at the date for the period indicated, there can be no assurance that
the delinquency experiences on the Contracts will be similar.  Accordingly,  the
information  should  not be  considered  to reflect  the  credit  quality of the
Contracts  included in the Trust,  or as a basis of  assessing  the  likelihood,
amount or severity of losses on the Contracts. The statistical data in the table
is based on all of the  contracts in First  Sierra's  servicing  portfolio.  The
Contracts, in general, are likely to have characteristics which distinguish them
from the majority of the contracts in First Sierra's servicing portfolio.


                                      S-29
<PAGE>

Collection Policies

     On a day-to-day  basis,  the billing and  collection  process is handled by
First Sierra's  automated billing system.  Day-to-day  collections are processed
through Texas Commerce Bank's cash management operations,  which utilize optical
code  reading  technology  to scan the  invoices  and  earmark  payments  to the
specific pool where the contract is funded.

     For  Private  Label  Programs,  the First  Sierra  relies on the  Source to
undertake the initial  collection  efforts with respect to the  Obligors.  First
Sierra  monitors  contract  receipts and aging  results on a daily basis.  First
Sierra  provides  delinquency  status to Sources at least  twice  monthly.  Many
Sources are connected to First Sierra's  delinquency  reporting  systems and can
receive  delinquency  performance  on daily  basis.  First  Sierra  monitors the
Source's  progress,  and  is  in  regular  contact  with  the  Source  regarding
collection  activity,  and actions to prevent the  delinquency  from  worsening.
After 60 days,  First Sierra  contacts the Source  directly to notify it that it
has 30 days to ensure  the  account  is brought  current.  After 90 days,  First
Sierra notifies the Source that it has 60 days to repurchase the contract it was
purchased pursuant to a recourse program,  or to re-market the equipment.  After
150 days, First Sierra charges-off the account.

     With respect to Broker/Vendor  programs,  First Sierra's  automated billing
cues collectors to initiate  contact with Obligors if payment is not received by
the 11th day after due date.  If payment has not been  received  by the 25th,  a
general  demand  letter is sent to the Obligor.  If no contact is made within 45
days,  a letter is sent which gives the  Obligor  five days to bring the account
current.  If no payment is received,  the collector,  in conjunction with senior
credit  personnel,  determines  the  appropriate  course of  subsequent  actions
appropriate for the circumstances.  If collection  activities do not rectify the
account, First Sierra typically charges off the account at 120 days.

                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

General

     The Trust,  First Sierra  Equipment  Contract  Trust 1997-1,  is a business
trust formed in accordance  with the laws of the State of Delaware,  pursuant to
the Trust  Agreement,  solely for the purpose of effectuating  the  transactions
described  herein.  Prior to  formation,  the  Trust  will have had no assets or
obligations and no operating history. Upon formation,  the Trust will not engage
in any business  activity other than (i) acquiring and holding the  Receivables,
(ii) issuing the Notes and the Trust Certificate and (iii) distributing payments
thereon.  As described under "Description of the Notes - Servicing  Compensation
and Payment of Expenses," a portion of the monthly  collections  with respect to
the Contracts will be paid to the Servicer as servicing  compensation and to the
Note  Insurer,  the Class B-2 credit  provider,  the Back-up  Servicer,  and the
Indenture  Trustee  as fees.  All other  expenses  of the Trust  will be paid on
behalf of the  Residual  Holder by the  Servicer as  provided  in the  Servicing
Agreement.

The Owner Trustee

     [Delaware Trust Company,] the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, is a
Delaware  banking   corporation  and  its  principal   offices  are  located  at
[_________________________________________.]  The  Owner  Trustee  will  perform
limited administrative  functions under the Trust Agreement. The Owner Trustee's
duties in connection with the issuance and sale of the Trust Certificate and the
Notes is limited  solely to the  express  obligations  of the Owner  Trustee set
forth in the Trust Agreement.

The Indenture Trustee

     Bankers Trust Company is the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture. Bankers
Trust Company is a New York banking corporation,  the principal offices of which
are located at Four Albany Street,  New York, New York. The Indenture  Trustee's
duties in connection with the Notes is limited solely to its express obligations
under the Indenture and the Servicing Agreement.


                                      S-30
<PAGE>

The Trust Assets

     The Trust  Assets will  consist of the  Equipment,  the  Contracts  and any
Scheduled Payments,  Final Scheduled  Payments,  Residual Receipts and Defaulted
Contract  Recoveries  to be made by Obligors (but not including any payments due
on or prior to the Cut-Off  Date);  any  guaranties of an Obligor's  obligations
under a Contract; with respect to any Contract,  copies of the Contract, any UCC
financing  statement and other original  documents related to the Contract,  the
application of the related  Obligor,  documentation  evidencing the  information
with respect to such Contract input into the  computerized  electronic  contract
management  system  maintained  by the  Servicer  for all  Contracts  and  other
agreements similar to the Contracts,  and any other information  required by the
Servicer  pursuant to its customary  policies and procedures or the Note Insurer
(the "Contract Files");  the insurance policies  maintained by the Obligors with
respect to the Equipment  (the  "Insurance  Policies")  and the proceeds of such
Insurance Policies; any rights of the Depositor under the Depositor Transferor's
Agreement  (including  the  right to  instruct  First  Sierra  to  exercise  any
unassignable  rights of  enforcement  under  the  Contracts  and any  guaranties
thereof);  funds from time to time deposited in the Collection Account;  and any
and all income and proceeds of foregoing.  The Trust Assets will not include any
security  deposits  received  by First  Sierra  with  respect to the  Contracts.
Because the Trust does not have any operating history and will not engage in any
business  activity  other than  owning the Trust  Assets,  issuing the Notes and
making distributions  thereon, there has not been included any historical or pro
forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges with respect to the Trust.

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

     The Notes will be issued  pursuant to the  Indenture  to be entered into by
the Servicer,  the Trust and the Indenture Trustee.  The Servicer will provide a
copy of the  Indenture  to  subsequent  Noteholders  without  charge on  written
request addressed to it at Texas Commerce Tower, 600 Travis Street,  70th Floor,
Houston, Texas 77002.

     The following summary  describes  certain terms of the Transfer  Agreements
and the  Indenture,  does not  purport  to be  complete  and is  subject  to and
qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to the  Transfer  Agreements  and the
Indenture.  Wherever provisions of the Transfer Agreements and the Indenture are
referred to, such provisions are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

General

     The  obligations  evidenced  by the Notes are recourse to the assets of the
Trust only and are not recourse to the Depositor, the Transferor,  First Sierra,
the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, or any other Person.

     The Trust  will agree in the  Indenture  and in the Class A Notes to pay to
the Class A Noteholders  (i) an amount of principal equal to the Initial Class A
Note Principal  Amount and (ii) Class A Note Interest in each case at the times,
from the sources and on the terms and  conditions set forth in the Indenture and
in the Class A Notes.

     The ___% Class A Equipment  Contract  Backed Notes (the "Class A Notes") in
the initial principal amount of $__________ (the "Initial Class A Note Principal
Balance")  will be issued  pursuant to the  Indenture.  The Initial Class A Note
Principal  Balance to be issued hereunder is equal to approximately  __________%
(the  "Class  A  Percentage")  of  the  Initial  Aggregate  Discounted  Contract
Principal  Balance of the Contracts.  The Class A Notes will initially be issued
in  book-entry  form only  through  DTC in minimum  denominations  of $1,000 and
integral  multiples  thereof.  Payments on the Class A Notes are  required to be
made by the Indenture Trustee on each Payment Date.

     The first Payment Date for distributions to the Class A Noteholders will be
October 10, 1997.  Payments are required to be made by the Indenture Trustee, by
check mailed or, if requested by the Noteholder, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds, to Noteholders entitled thereto at the address appearing on the
certificate register on the Record Date, which, for so long as the Class A Notes
are in book-entry form through DTC, will be Cede & Co.

     The following  table sets forth the expected  repayment of principal to the
Class A Noteholders  assuming,  among other things, (i) the Modeling Assumptions
and (ii) there are no prepayments on the Contracts.


                                      S-31
<PAGE>

             EXPECTED AMORTIZATION OF CLASS A NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE

                              Class A Note                    Expected Principal
    Payment Date            Principal Balance                  Repayment Amount
    ------------            -----------------                  ----------------
Closing Date                 $                                 $
October 10, 1997
November 10, 1997
December 10, 1997 
January 10, 1998 
February 10, 1998 
March 10, 1998 
April 10, 1998 
May 10, 1998 
June 10, 1998 
July 10, 1998 
August 10, 1998 
September 10, 1998 
October 10, 1998 
November 10, 1998 
December 10, 1998
January  10, 1999  
February  10, 1999 
March 10, 1999 
April 10, 1999 
May 10, 1999 
June 10, 1999 
July 10, 1999 
August 10, 1999  
September 10, 1999 
October 10, 1999  
November 10, 1999  
December 10, 1999 
January 10, 2000 
February 10, 2000 
March 10,  2000 
April 10, 2000 
May 10, 2000 
June 10, 2000 
July 10, 2000
August 10, 2000
September  10, 2000  
October  10,  2000  
November  10, 2000


                                      S-32
<PAGE>

                              Class A Note                    Expected Principal
    Payment Date            Principal Balance                  Repayment Amount
    ------------            -----------------                  ----------------
December 10, 2000 
January 10, 2001
February  10,  2001 
March 10, 2001 
April 10, 2001 
May 10, 2001 
June 10, 2001
July 10, 2001 
August 10, 2001  
September  10, 2001 
October 10, 2001 
November 10, 2001 
December 10, 2001 
January 10, 2002 
February 10, 2002 
March 10, 2002
April 10, 2002 
May 10, 2002 
June 10, 2002


                                      S-33
<PAGE>

     In addition to the Class A Notes, the Trust will also issue four classes of
subordinate securities,  the ___% Class B-1 Equipment Contract Backed Notes (the
"Class B-1  Notes"),  the ___% Class B-2  Equipment  Contract  Backed Notes (the
"Class B-2  Notes"),  the ___% Class B-3  Equipment  Contract  Backed Notes (the
"Class B-3 Notes," and  collectively  with the Class B-1 Notes and the Class B-2
Notes, the "Class B Notes") and the Trust  Certificate (the "Trust  Certificate"
together with the Class B Notes, the "Subordinate  Securities," and collectively
with the Class B Notes and the Class A Notes, the "Securities").

     The  Subordinate  Securities  are not  offered  hereby,  and will be issued
initially to the  Transferor.  The  Transferor  expects that some of the Class B
Notes  will  be  privately  placed  with  one or  more  qualified  institutional
investors.  The  Transferor  expects to retain  the Class B Notes  which are not
privately placed and the Trust Certificate.

     One-hundred  percent of the Class A Insured  Distribution Amount due to the
Class A Noteholders on each Payment Date is insured by the Note Insurer pursuant
to the Note  Insurance  Policy.  See "The  Note  Insurance  Policy  and the Note
Insurer" herein.

Conveyance of Receivables

     On the Closing Date, the Trust will acquire from the  Transferor,  by means
of an assignment  directed by the Depositor,  all the right, title, and interest
of the Transferor in and to (a)(i) any Equipment that is owned by the Transferor
and any and all income and  proceeds  from such  Equipment,  but  subject to the
rights of the Obligor to quiet  enjoyment  of such  Equipment  under the related
Contract  and  (ii)  any  security  interest  of  the  Transferor  in any of the
Equipment that is not owned by the  Transferor,  (b) the  Contracts,  including,
without  limitation,  all  Scheduled  Payments,  Residual  Receipts,   Defaulted
Contract  Recoveries  and any other  payments  due or made with  respect  to the
Contracts after the Cut-Off Date relating to such Contracts,  (c) any guarantees
of an Obligor's  obligations  under an Contract,  (d) all other documents in the
Contract Files relating to the Contracts, including, without limitation, any UCC
financing  statements  related  to the  Contracts  or  the  Equipment,  (e)  any
Insurance Policies and Insurance Proceeds with respect to the Contracts, (f) all
of the Transferor's  right,  title and interest in and to, and rights under, the
Transfer Agreement executed and delivered in accordance therewith,  (g) the Note
Insurance Policy, (h) all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account;  and (i)
any and all income and proceeds of any of the foregoing; provided, however, that
the  transfer  shall not include the Initial  Unpaid  Amounts  relating  thereto
(collectively, the "Receivables").

     The  Indenture  Trustee  will  have  possession  of the  Contracts  and the
Contract Files, and the Servicer will retain copies of any other documents which
relate to the  Receivables,  any related  evidence  of  insurance  and  payment,
delinquency  and related  reports  maintained  by the  Servicer in the  ordinary
course of business  with  respect to each  Receivable.  Prior to transfer of the
Receivables to the Trust,  the Servicer will cause its  electronic  ledger to be
marked to show that such Receivables have been transferred to the Transferor and
then  to the  Depositor  and  then to the  Trust,  and  the  Transferor  and the
Depositor  will  file UCC  financing  statements  reflecting  the  transfer  and
assignment  of the  Receivables  in certain  jurisdictions,  as  required by the
Transfer Agreements and the Servicing  Agreement.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables" in the Prospectus.

Representations and Warranties of First Sierra

     First Sierra will make certain warranties in the Servicing Agreement (as of
the Closing Date with respect to the Contracts and, with respect to a Substitute
Contract,  as of the date on which the Trust acquires such  Substitute  Contract
(each, a "Transfer  Date"),  the benefits of which will be assigned to the Trust
and then to the  Indenture  Trustee,  including  that:  (i) no  provision of any
Contract  has been  waived,  altered  or  modified  in any  respect,  except  by
instrument or documents  contained in its Contract File and  identified by First
Sierra and no modification or amendment of any Contract would individually or in
the aggregate  materially and adversely  affect the Indenture  Trustee's  rights
thereunder or has reduced the amount of any Scheduled  Payment (or the aggregate
Scheduled  Payments)  owing  thereunder or extended the expiration date thereof;
(ii) each  Contract is a valid and  binding  payment  obligation  of the related
Obligor  and is  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms  (except  as may be
limited by applicable insolvency,  bankruptcy,  moratorium,  reorganization,  or
other similar laws affecting  enforceability  of creditors' rights generally and
the availability of equitable  remedies) and is in full force and effect; 


                                      S-34
<PAGE>

(iii) each  Contract  contains a "hell or high  water"  clause  under  which the
Obligor's  obligations are  non-cancelable  and unconditional and not subject to
any right of set-off, defense, abatement, counterclaim, reduction or recoupment;
no Contract is or will be subject to rights of rescission, set-off, counterclaim
or  defense,  and each  Contract  provides  for  acceleration  of the  Scheduled
Payments upon default by the Obligor; (iv) the Contracts,  at the time they were
made, did not violate the laws of any applicable  state or of the United States,
including,  without  limitation,   usury,   truth-in-lending  and  equal  credit
opportunities  laws  applicable to such  Contract;  (v) no Contract  permits the
prepayment  or early  termination  thereof at the option of the  Obligor  for an
amount that is less than the Prepayment Amount related to such Contract; (vi) no
Contract  provides  for the  substitution,  addition  or exchange of any item of
Equipment  which  would  result in any  reduction  of  payments  due under  such
Contract;  (vii) all of the  Contracts  require  the  Obligor  to  maintain  the
Equipment  in good  working  order,  to bear  all the  costs  of  operating  the
Equipment,  including taxes and insurance relating thereto;  (viii) the Contract
provides for periodic Scheduled Payments,  which are principally due and payable
on a monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual,  or annual basis;  (ix) in an event of a
Casualty Loss, such Contract requires the Obligor,  at the Obligor's expense, to
(a) replace the Equipment with like equipment in good repair, or (b) pay the sum
of all unpaid rent and other  payments due under the Contract,  all  accelerated
future  payments  due under the  Contract  (discounted  to present  value payoff
amount) and the booked  residual value of the Equipment;  (x) under the terms of
the Contract the Obligor may not elect to utilize its security deposit to offset
any  Scheduled  Payment;  (xi) if obtained  during the  original  approval,  the
Contracts  provide  a  personal  guarantee  of  the  Obligor;  (xii)  all of the
Contracts permit the Source to accelerate Scheduled Payments if an Obligor is in
default  under the  Contract;  (xiii) all the  Contracts  meet the  Originator's
credit and collections  policies and  procedures;  (xiv) each Source has entered
into valid sale and  assignment of each  Contract;  (xv) each Contract  conveyed
includes  only the  remaining,  in the event the  Contract  does not include all
original  Scheduled  Payments  under  the  Contract,   non-cancelable  Scheduled
Payments  (provided  that such  remaining  Scheduled  Payments  do not exceed an
amount greater than 84);  (xvi) the right,  title and interest of the Originator
or its  affiliates  in and to each Contract and the related  Equipment  have not
been sold, transferred, assigned or pledged by such entities to any other Person
(or any such pledge has been  released as evidenced  by releases of  collateral)
and at the time of the conveyance of such Contract to the Trust,  the Trust will
be the sole  owner of such  Contract  and the  rights  thereunder  in and to the
related  Equipment and will have good and marketable  title to each Contract and
will have the power to convey  such  Contract  and  assign its  interest  in the
related  Equipment  free and clear of any liens;  (xvii) as of the Closing Date,
all action required by the Transfer Agreements and the Servicing Agreement shall
have been taken by the  Originator or its affiliates to convey all of its right,
title and  interest in and to the  Contracts  and the related  Equipment  to the
Trust;  (xviii) all filings  (including  UCC filings)  necessary to evidence the
conveyance  of the  Contracts  to the Trust and to perfect  the first  perfected
priority  security  interest of the  Indenture  Trustee in the Contracts and the
Originator's  interest  in  related  Equipment  in  accordance  with the  filing
requirements  of the Transfer  Agreements and the Servicing  Agreement have been
made in all appropriate jurisdictions and are in full force and effect; (xix) as
of the Cut-Off  Date, no Obligor will have been  released,  in whole or in part,
from any of its  obligations in respect of any such  Contract;  no such Contract
will have been satisfied,  canceled,  extended or  subordinated,  in whole or in
part, or rescinded, and no Equipment covered by any such Contract will have been
released from such Contract,  in whole or in part, nor will any instrument  have
been executed that would effect any such  satisfaction,  release,  cancellation,
subordination  or rescission;  and (xx) as of the initial  Cut-Off Date (in each
case calculated using the statistical discount rate of 7.25%), no one Obligor is
the Obligor  under  Contracts  for which the sum of the  Statistical  Discounted
Contract Principal Balances exceeds  $902,286.19;  no more than $6,200,631.58 of
the Statistical  Discounted Contract Principal Balance is attributable to any 10
Obligors,  the average original cost (based on GAAP) of the Equipment subject to
the Contracts shall not exceed $100,000.

     First Sierra will make similar  representations and warranties with respect
to  Substitute  Contracts  as of  the  date  of the  related  transfer  of  such
Substitute  Contracts.  Such  representations  and  warranties  will survive the
transfer of the Substitute Contracts to the Trust.

     Under the terms of the Servicing Agreement,  First Sierra will be obligated
to accept the reconveyance of any Receivables and deposit the Repurchase  Amount
on or before the end of the calendar month  following the month of its discovery
or receipt of notice of a breach of a representation or warranty that materially
adversely  affects such item of Receivables,  which breach has not been cured or
waived in all material  respects.  This obligation to accept the reconveyance of
the Receivables and remit the Repurchase  Amount will constitute the sole remedy
against First Sierra available to the Transferor,  the Depositor, the Trust, the
Indenture  Trustee  and the  Noteholders  for a breach  of a  representation  or
warranty  made by First Sierra with respect to the required  characteristics  of
the Receivables.


                                      S-35
<PAGE>

Indemnification

     The  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide  that First Sierra will defend and
indemnify the Servicer,  the Note Insurer,  the Class B-2 credit  provider,  the
Depositor,  the Indenture Trustee, the Trust and the Noteholders against any and
all losses,  claims,  damages  and  liabilities  to the extent,  but only to the
extent,  that the same have been  suffered  by any such party by virtue of (i) a
breach by First Sierra of its  obligations  (other than breach of First Sierra's
representations  and  warranties,  with  respect  to which  the sole  remedy  is
expressly  limited  to First  Sierra's  acceptance  of the  reconveyance  of the
affected Receivables and the remittance of the Repurchase Amount by First Sierra
as  discussed  above) under the  Servicing  Agreement or (ii) in the case of the
Indenture Trustee, its performance of its duties hereunder, except to the extent
that such loss, claim, damage or liability resulted from the Indenture Trustee's
gross negligence or willful misconduct.

     The Servicing Agreement will also provide that the Servicer will defend and
indemnify the Depositor,  First Sierra, the Indenture Trustee, the Note Insurer,
the Class B-2 credit provider, the Trust and the Noteholders against any and all
costs, expenses,  losses, damages, claims and liabilities,  including reasonable
fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of  litigation,  reasonably  incurred,
arising out of or resulting from (i) the use,  repossession  or operation by the
Servicer or any  affiliate  thereof of any Equipment and (ii) (A) the failure of
the Servicer to perform its duties under the  Servicing  Agreement or (B) in the
case of the Indenture Trustee,  its performance of its duties hereunder,  except
to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, damage, claim or liability resulted
from the  Indenture  Trustee's  gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  First
Sierra's obligations, as Servicer, to indemnify the Trust, the Note Insurer, the
Class B-2 credit  provider,  and the  Noteholders for acts or omissions of First
Sierra as Servicer  will  survive the removal of the Servicer but will not apply
to any acts or omissions of a successor Servicer.  Such indemnification does not
extend to indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages.

The Accounts

     The Servicer is required to establish and maintain in  accordance  with the
Servicing  Agreement  two  accounts:  the  Lockbox  Account  and the  Collection
Account.  The Collection  Account is to be held by the Indenture  Trustee in the
name of the Trust and for the  benefit of  Noteholders,  the Note  Insurer,  the
Class B-2 credit  provider,  (as their  interests  may appear).  The  Collection
Account will be one or more segregated trust accounts.  The Lockbox Account will
be a  demand  deposit  account  maintained  at  Texas  Commerce  Bank,  National
Association (the "Lockbox Bank").

     "Advance  Payments"  are  amounts  paid by an Obligor  during a  Collection
Period with  respect to amounts due from such Obligor in  subsequent  Collection
Periods.  Advance  Payments  will be retained in the Lockbox  Account  until the
Determination  Date  relating  to the  Collection  Period in which such  Advance
Payment (or portion  thereof) is due in  accordance  with the  provisions of the
related Contract.

     The Servicing  Agreement  permits the Servicer to direct the  investment of
amounts in the Collection  Account in certain  eligible  investments that mature
not later  than the  Business  Day prior to the next  succeeding  Payment  Date.
Generally,  the  Residual  Holder  shall be  entitled  to any  income  from such
investments.

Servicer Advances

     In the event that any Obligor fails to remit the full Scheduled Payment due
from it with respect to a Collection Period by the Determination Date related to
such Collection Period, the Servicer is required to make an advance from its own
funds of an amount equal to such unpaid Scheduled Payment (a "Servicer Advance")
if the Servicer,  in its sole discretion,  determines that eventual repayment of
such  Servicer  Advance  is  likely  from  collections  from or on behalf of the
related Obligor.  The Servicing  Agreement provides for the reimbursement of the
Servicer for such Servicer Advances from funds available for distribution in the
Collection  Account on each subsequent Payment Date before the required payments
to  Noteholders  have  been  made as set forth  below in "Flow of  Funds".  With
respect to any Delinquent Contract,  whenever the Servicer shall have determined
that it will be unable to  recover a Servicer  Advance  or a portion  thereof on
such  Delinquent  Contract,  the  Servicer  will not be  required  to make  such
Servicer  Advance or  portion  thereof,  but will be  required  to  enforce  its
remedies (including  acceleration) under such Contract.  Furthermore,  if at any
time  First  Sierra or an  affiliate  is no longer  the  Servicer,  no  Servicer
Advances will be required.  The Servicing  Agreement  shall provide that, in the
event that the Servicer  determines that 


                                      S-36
<PAGE>

any  Servicer  Advances  previously  made are not  recoverable  from the related
Obligor, or any Delinquent  Contracts for which the Servicer has made a Servicer
Advance in respect thereof become  Defaulted  Contracts,  the Indenture  Trustee
shall  draw on the  Collection  Account  to  repay  such  Servicer  Advances  in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

Flow of Funds

     On each  Determination  Date,  the  Servicer  is required to deliver to the
Indenture  Trustee,  the Class B-2 credit  provider,  the Note  Insurer and each
Rating Agency a certificate  (the  "Servicer's  Certificate")  setting forth the
information needed to make payments on the upcoming Payment Date.

     See  "Subordination  Provisions" in the Summary of Terms to this Prospectus
Supplement  for a description of the operation and effect of the "Flow of Funds"
mechanics with respect to the various classes of Notes.

On each  Payment  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be  required  to make the
following  payments from the Available  Funds then on deposit in the  Collection
Account,  in the following  order of priority (to the extent funds are available
therefor):

          (i) to the  Servicer,  an amount  equal to any  unreimbursed  Servicer
     Advances (other than Servicer Advances for the related Collection Period);

          (ii) to the  Servicer,  an amount  equal to the Servicer Fee then due,
     together with any accrued and unpaid  Servicer  Fees from prior  Collection
     Periods;

          (iii) to the Servicer, any Servicing Charges, if any, deposited in the
     Collection Account;

          (iv) to the Back-up Servicer,  an amount equal to the Back-up Servicer
     Fee then due,  together with any accrued and unpaid  Back-up  Servicer Fees
     from prior Collection Periods;

          (v) to the Note  Insurer,  an amount equal to the Premium  Amount then
     due,  together  with any  accrued  and unpaid  Premium  Amounts  from prior
     Collection Periods;

          (vi) to the Indenture  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee Fees then due,
     together with any Indenture Trustee Fees from prior Collection Periods;

          (vii) to the Indenture  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee Expenses then
     due,  together with any Indenture  Trustee  Expenses from prior  Collection
     Periods, in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate $75,000;

          (viii) to the Class A Noteholders, the Class A Note Interest;

          (ix) to the Class B-1 Noteholders, the Class B-1 Note Interest for the
     related  Collection Period (to the extent the disbursement of the Class B-1
     Note Interest will not result in an Available Funds Shortfall);

          (x) to the Class B-2 credit provider, the fees of the Class B-2 credit
     provider;

          (xi) to the Class B-2 Noteholders, the Class B-2 Note Interest for the
     related  Collection Period (to the extent the disbursement of the Class B-2
     Note Interest will not result in an Available Funds Shortfall);

          (xii) until the Class A Note  Principal  Balance  has been  reduced to
     zero, to the Class A Noteholders, the sum of (a) the Class A Base Principal
     Distribution  Amount  for such  Payment  Date,  and (b) any Class A Overdue
     Principal;


                                      S-37
<PAGE>

          (xiii) to the Note Insurer, the unpaid Reimbursement Amount , if any;

          (xiv) until the Class B-1 Note  Principal  Balance has been reduced to
     zero, to the Class B-1 Noteholders, from the Available Funds then remaining
     in the  Collection  Account,  the sum of (a) the Class  B-1 Base  Principal
     Distribution  Amount for such Payment  Date,  and (b) any Class B-1 Overdue
     Principal;  provided,  however,  that if a Restricting Event exists on such
     Payment  Date and the Class A Note  Principal  Balance on such Payment Date
     (after  giving  effect to all prior  payments of  principal  to the Class A
     Noteholders  made on such Payment Date) exceeds zero, the amount  otherwise
     required to be paid to the Class B-1  Noteholders  under this clause (xiv),
     shall  instead be paid to the Class A  Noteholders  pursuant to this clause
     (xiv)  during  such  time  as a  Restricting  Event  is  continuing  as  an
     additional reduction of the Class A Note Principal Balance up to the amount
     necessary to reduce the Class A Note Principal Balance to zero;

          (xv) until the Class B-2 Note  Principal  Balance has been  reduced to
     zero, to the Class B-2 Noteholders, from the Available Funds then remaining
     in the  Collection  Account,  the sum of (a) the Class  B-2 Base  Principal
     Distribution  Amount for such Payment  Date,  and (b) any Class B-2 Overdue
     Principal;  provided,  however,  that if a Restricting Event exists on such
     Payment  Date,  the amount  otherwise  required to be paid to the Class B-2
     Noteholders under this clause (xv) shall instead be paid (x) if the Class A
     Note  Principal  Balance on such Payment Date (after  giving  effect to all
     prior payments of principal to the Class A Noteholders made on such Payment
     Date) exceeds zero, to the Class A Noteholders pursuant to this clause (xv)
     during such time as a  Restricting  Event is  continuing  as an  additional
     reduction of the Class A Note Principal  Balance up to the amount necessary
     to reduce  such  balance  to zero,  and (y) if the  Class A Note  Principal
     Balance is zero, but the Class B-1 Note  Principal  Balance on such Payment
     Date (after giving  effect to all prior  payments of principal to the Class
     B-1  Noteholders  made on such  Payment  Date)  exceeds  zero,  the  amount
     otherwise  required  to be paid to the Class  B-2  Noteholders  under  this
     clause (xv) shall instead be paid to the Class B-1 Noteholders  during such
     time as a Restricting Event is continuing as an additional reduction of the
     Class B-1 Note Principal  Balance up to the amount necessary to reduce such
     balance to zero;

          (xvi)  to the  Class  B-2  credit  provider,  all  amounts  previously
     advanced by it for the benefit of the Class B-2 Noteholders pursuant to the
     letter of credit.

          (xvii) to the Class B-3  Noteholders,  the Class B-3 Note Interest for
     the related Collection Period;

          (xviii) until the Class B-3 Note Principal Balance has been reduced to
     zero, to the Class B-3 Noteholders, from the Available Funds then remaining
     in the  Collection  Account,  the sum of (a) the Class  B-3 Base  Principal
     Distribution  Amount for such Payment  Date,  and (b) any Class B-3 Overdue
     Principal;  provided,  however,  that if a Restricting Event exists on such
     Payment  Date,  the amount  otherwise  required to be paid to the Class B-3
     Noteholders  under this  clause  (xviii)  shall  instead be paid (x) if the
     Class A Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date (after giving effect to
     all prior  payments of  principal to the Class A  Noteholders  made on such
     Payment Date)  exceeds  zero,  to the Class A Noteholders  pursuant to this
     clause (xviii) during such time as a Restricting  Event is continuing as an
     additional reduction of the Class A Note Principal Balance up to the amount
     necessary to reduce such balance to zero, (y) if the Class A Note Principal
     Balance is zero, but the Class B-1 Note  Principal  Balance on such Payment
     Date (after giving  effect to all prior  payments of principal to the Class
     B-1  Noteholders  made on such  Payment  Date)  exceeds  zero,  the  amount
     otherwise  required  to be paid to the Class  B-3  Noteholders  under  this
     clause (xviii) shall instead be paid to the Class B-1 Noteholders  pursuant
     to  this  clause  (xviii)  during  such  time  as a  Restricting  Event  is
     continuing  as an  additional  reduction  of the Class  B-1 Note  Principal
     Balance up to the amount  necessary to reduce such balance to zero, and (z)
     if the Class A Note  Principal  Balance  and the  Class B-1 Note  Principal
     Balance  are both zero,  but the Class B-2 Note  Principal  Balance on such
     Payment Date (after giving effect to all prior payments of principal to the
     Class B-2  Noteholders  made on such Payment Date) exceeds zero, the amount
     otherwise  required  to be paid to the Class  B-3  Noteholders  under  this
     clause (xviii) shall instead be paid to the Class B-2 Noteholders  pursuant
     to  this  clause  (xviii)  during  such  time  as a  Restricting  Event  is
     continuing  as an  additional  reduction  of the Class  B-2 Note  Principal
     Balance up to the amount necessary to reduce such balance to zero;


                                      S-38
<PAGE>
           
          (xix) to the Indenture  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee Expenses then
     due,  together with any Indenture  Trustee  Expenses from prior  Collection
     Periods, in excess of the $75,000 limitation set forth in clause (vii);

          (xx) to the Servicer,  any other amounts due the Servicer as expressly
     provided in the Servicing Agreement; and

          (xxi)  to  the  Residual  Holder,  any  remaining  amounts;  provided,
     however, that

               (I)  if a Restricting  Event does not exist on such Payment Date,
                    but if any payment of funds to the  Residual  Holder on such
                    Payment Date would result in the excess of (i) the Aggregate
                    Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance as of the end of the
                    immediately  preceding  Collection Period, over (ii) the sum
                    of (w) the Class A Note Principal Balance, (x) the Class B-1
                    Note  Principal  Balance,  (y) the Class B-2 Note  Principal
                    Balance  and  (z)  the  Class  B-3  Note  Principal  Balance
                    (calculated  with respect to clauses  (w),  (x), (y) and (z)
                    after giving  effect to all payments of principal to be made
                    on such  Payment  Date)  being  less than 2% of the  Initial
                    Aggregate  Discounted Contract Principal Balance such amount
                    shall not be paid to the Residual  Holder but shall  instead
                    be  paid  pursuant  to  this  clause  (xxi)  to the  Class A
                    Noteholders,  the  Class  B-1  Noteholders,  the  Class  B-2
                    Noteholders  and the Class B-3  Noteholders as an additional
                    payment of  principal in an amount with respect to each such
                    Class equal to the product of (A) a fraction,  the numerator
                    of  which  is  the  Class  A   Percentage,   the  Class  B-1
                    Percentage,  the  Class  B-2  Percentage,  or the  Class B-3
                    Percentage, as the case may be, and the denominator of which
                    is  the  sum  of the  Class  A  Percentage,  the  Class  B-1
                    Percentage,  the  Class  B-2  Percentage  and the  Class B-3
                    Percentage  and (B) the amount that would  otherwise be paid
                    to the Residual Holder pursuant to this clause (xxi); and

               (II)if a  Restricting  Event  exists on such  Payment  Date,  the
                    amount otherwise  required to be paid to the Residual Holder
                    under this  clause  (xxi)  shall  instead be paid (w) if the
                    Class A Note  Principal  Balance on such Payment Date (after
                    giving  effect to all prior  payments  of  principal  to the
                    Class A Noteholders made on such Payment Date) exceeds zero,
                    to the Class A  Noteholders  pursuant to this  clause  (xxi)
                    during such time as a Restricting  Event is continuing as an
                    additional  reduction of the Class A Note Principal  Balance
                    up to the amount  necessary  to reduce such balance to zero;
                    (x) if the Class A Note  Principal  Balance is zero, but the
                    Class B-1 Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date (after
                    giving  effect to all prior  payments  of  principal  to the
                    Class B-1  Noteholders  made on such Payment  Date)  exceeds
                    zero,  the  amount  otherwise  required  to be  paid  to the
                    Residual  Holder  under this clause  (xxi) shall  instead be
                    paid to the Class B-1  Noteholders  pursuant  to this clause
                    (xxi) during such time as a Restricting  Event is continuing
                    as an additional  reduction of the Class B-1 Note  Principal
                    Balance up to the amount necessary to reduce such balance to
                    zero, (y) if the Class A Note Balance and the Class B-1 Note
                    Balance  are both  zero,  but the Class  B-2 Note  Principal
                    Balance on such  Payment  Date (after  giving  effect to all
                    prior  payments of  principal  to the Class B-2  Noteholders
                    made  on  such  Payment  Date)  exceeds  zero,   the  amount
                    otherwise  required to be paid to the Residual  Holder under
                    this  clause  (xxi)  shall  instead be paid to the Class B-2
                    Noteholders  pursuant to this clause  (xxi) during such time
                    as a  Restricting  Event  is  continuing  as  an  additional
                    reduction of the Class B-2 Note Principal  Balance up to the
                    amount  necessary to reduce such balance to zero; and (z) if
                    each of the Class A Note Principal  Balance,  the Class B- 1
                    Note  Principal  Balance  and the Class  B-2 Note  Principal
                    Balance are zero, but the Class B-3 Note  Principal  Balance
                    on such  Payment  Date  (after  giving  effect  to all prior
                    payments of principal to the Class B-3  Noteholders  made on
                    such  Payment  Date)  exceeds  zero,  the  amount  otherwise
                    required to be paid to the Residual Holder under this clause
                    (xxi)  shall  instead  be paid to the Class B-3  Noteholders
                    pursuant  to  this  clause  (xxi)  during  such  time  as  a


                                      S-39
<PAGE>

                    Restricting  Event is continuing as an additional  reduction
                    of the Class B-3 Note  Principal  Balance  up to the  amount
                    necessary to reduce such balance to zero.

As used in this  Prospectus  Supplement,  the following terms have the following
meanings:

     Advance Payment:  With respect to a Contract and a Collection  Period,  any
Scheduled Payment,  Final Scheduled Payment,  Purchase Option Payment or portion
of either made by or on behalf of an Obligor and received by the Servicer during
such Collection  Period,  which  Scheduled  Payment,  Final  Scheduled  Payment,
Purchase  Option  Payment  or  portion  thereof  does  not  become  due  until a
subsequent Collection Period.

     Aggregate  Initial Note  Principal  Balance:  The  aggregate of the Initial
Class A Note Principal  Balance,  the Initial Class B-1 Note Principal  Balance,
the Initial  Class B-2 Note  Principal  Balance  and the Initial  Class B-3 Note
Principal Balance. 

     Available  Distribution  Amount:  With respect to a Collection  Period, the
total of (a) the Available Funds with respect to the related  Collection Period,
minus (B) the Trust Operating Expenses.

     Available  Funds:  With respect to a Payment Date,  all amounts  (including
proceeds of Servicer  Advances)  held in the  Collection  Account on the related
Determination  Date, after taking into account all deposits  required to be made
on such  Determination  Date,  other than any such  amounts  which relate to any
subsequent Collection Period.

     Available Funds  Shortfall:  An event which occurs on a Payment Date if the
Class A Insured  Distribution Amount for such Payment Date exceeds the Available
Distribution Amount for such Payment Date.

     Base Principal  Amount:  With respect to any Collection  Period,  an amount
equal to the excess of (x) the Aggregate  Discounted Contract Principal Balances
of the  Contracts  as of the  close of  business  on the last day of the  second
preceding Collection Period over (y) the Aggregate Discounted Contract Principal
Balances  of the  Contracts  as of the close of  business on the last day of the
immediately preceding Collection Period.

     Class  A Base  Principal  Distribution  Amount:  (a)  With  respect  to any
Collection  Period  prior to the  Class  B-1  Termination  Date,  the  Class B-2
Termination Date or the Class B-3 Termination Date, the product of (i) the Class
A Percentage and (ii) the Base Principal Amount for such Collection  Period; (b)
with respect to the Class B-1 Termination  Date, the Class B-2 Termination  Date
or the Class B-3 Termination  Date, as the case may be, the amount  described in
clause (a) above plus the portion of the Class B-1 Base  Principal  Distribution
Amount, the Class B-2 Base Principal  Distribution  Amount or the Class B-3 Base
Principal Distribution Amount, as applicable,  not applied as a reduction of the
Class B-1 Note Principal  Balance,  the Class B-2 Note Principal  Balance or the
Class B-3 Note  Principal  Balance,  respectively,  on such  date;  and (c) with
respect to any Collection  Period following the Class B-1 Termination  Date, the
Class B-2 Termination  Date or the Class B-3  Termination  Date, as the case may
be, the amount  described in clause (a) above plus the Class B-1 Base  Principal
Distribution Amount, the Class B-2 Base Principal Distribution Amount and/or the
Class  B-3 Base  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  as the case may be,  for such
Collection Period.

     Class A Insured  Distribution Amount: With respect to any Collection Period
(other than the final Collection Period),  the sum of (i) Class A Note Interest,
(ii) Class A Overdue Interest for the related Interest Accrual Period, (iii) the
excess if any, of (a) the Class A Note Principal  Balance over (b) the Aggregate
Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balance of all Contracts  other than  Defaulted
Contracts;  and for the  Final  Collection  Period,  the sum of (x) Class A Note
Interest,  (y) Class A Overdue  Interest for the related Interest Accrual Period
and (z) the Class A Note Principal Balance then outstanding.

     Class A Maturity Date: : _________________

     Class A Note Current Interest:  With respect to any Collection  Period, the
interest  accrued  during the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period,  equal to the
product of (x)  one-twelfth of the Class A Note Rate and (y) the aggregate Class
A Note Principal Balance outstanding immediately prior to such Payment Date.


                                      S-40
<PAGE>

     Class A Note Interest:  With respect to any Collection  Period, the Class A
Note Current Interest and the Class A Overdue Interest.

     Class A Note  Principal  Balance:  At any time,  the  Initial  Class A Note
Principal  Amount  minus  all  payments  theretofore  received  by the  Class  A
Noteholders on account of principal.

     Class A Overdue Interest:  With respect to any Payment Date, the difference
between (a) the sum of (i) the excess,  if any, of any Class A Note Interest due
on the immediately preceding Payment Date over the Class A Note Interest paid on
such immediately  preceding Payment Date, (ii) without duplication of the amount
described  in clause  (i),  the amount of the Class A Overdue  Interest  due and
unpaid as of the immediately preceding Payment Date and (iii) the product of (x)
the sum of clauses  (i) and (ii) and (y)  one-twelfth  of the sum of the Class A
Note Rate plus 1%,  and (b) any Class A Overdue  Interest  paid on such  Payment
Date.

     Class  A  Overdue  Principal:   With  respect  to  any  Payment  Date,  the
difference,  if any,  equal to (a) the  aggregate of the Class A Base  Principal
Distribution Amounts due on all prior Payment Dates and (b) the aggregate amount
of the  principal  (from  whatever  source)  actually  distributed  to  Class  A
Noteholders on all prior Payment Dates.

     Class B-1 Base Principal  Distribution  Amount: With respect to any Payment
Date,  the product of (a) the Class B-1  Percentage  and (b) the Base  Principal
Amount for such Payment Date.

     Class B-1 Maturity Date: ___________________

     Class B-1 Note  Current  Interest:  With respect to any Payment  Date,  the
interest  accrued  during the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period,  equal to the
product  of (x)  one-twelfth  of the Class  B-1 Note Rate and (y) the  aggregate
Class B-1 Note Principal Balance  outstanding  immediately prior to such Payment
Date.

     Class B-1 Note  Interest:  With respect to any Payment Date,  the Class B-1
Note Current Interest and the Class B-1 Overdue Interest.

     Class B-1 Note Principal  Balance:  At any time, the Initial Class B-1 Note
Principal  Amount  minus  all  payments  theretofore  received  by the Class B-1
Noteholders on account of principal.

     Class  B-1  Overdue  Interest:  With  respect  to  any  Payment  Date,  the
difference  between (a) the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of any Class B-1 Note
Interest due on the immediately  preceding  Payment Date over the Class B-1 Note
Interest  paid  on  such  immediately   preceding  Payment  Date,  (ii)  without
duplication  of the amount  described in clause (i), the amount of the Class B-1
Overdue Interest due and unpaid as of the immediately preceding Payment Date and
(iii) the product of (x) the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) and (y)  one-twelfth of
the sum of the  Class B-1 Note  Rate  plus 1%,  and (b) any  Class  B-1  Overdue
Interest paid on such Payment Date.

     Class  B-1  Overdue  Principal:  With  respect  to any  Payment  Date,  the
difference,  if any,  equal to (a) the aggregate of the Class B-1 Base Principal
Distribution Amounts due on all prior Payment Dates and (b) the aggregate amount
of the  principal  (from  whatever  source)  actually  distributed  to Class B-1
Noteholders on all prior Payment Dates.

     Class B-1  Termination  Date:  The Payment Date on which the Class B-1 Note
Principal Balance is reduced to zero.

     Class B-2 Base Principal  Distribution  Amount: With respect to any Payment
Date,  the product of (a) the Class B-2  Percentage  and (b) the Base  Principal
Amount for such Payment Date.

     Class B-2 Maturity Date: ______________________


                                      S-41
<PAGE>

     Class B-2 Note  Current  Interest:  With respect to any Payment  Date,  the
interest  accrued  during the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period,  equal to the
product  of (x)  one-twelfth  of the Class  B-2 Note Rate and (y) the  aggregate
Class B-2 Note Principal Balance  outstanding  immediately prior to such Payment
Date.

     Class B-2 Note  Interest:  With respect to any Payment Date,  the Class B-2
Note Current Interest and the Class B-2 Overdue Interest.

     Class B-2 Note Principal  Balance:  At any time, the Initial Class B-2 Note
Principal  Amount  minus  all  payments  theretofore  received  by the Class B-2
Noteholders on account of principal.

     Class  B-2  Overdue  Interest:  With  respect  to  any  Payment  Date,  the
difference  between (a) the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of any Class B-2 Note
Interest due on the immediately  preceding  Payment Date over the Class B-2 Note
Interest  paid  on  such  immediately   preceding  Payment  Date,  (ii)  without
duplication  of the amount  described in clause (i), the amount of the Class B-2
Overdue Interest due and unpaid as of the immediately preceding Payment Date and
(iii) the product of (x) the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) and (y)  one-twelfth of
the sum of the  Class B-2 Note  Rate  plus 1%,  and (b) any  Class  B-2  Overdue
Interest paid on such Payment Date.

     Class  B-2  Overdue  Principal:  With  respect  to any  Payment  Date,  the
difference,  if any,  equal to (a) the aggregate of the Class B-2 Base Principal
Distribution Amounts due on all prior Payment Dates and (b) the aggregate amount
of the  principal  (from  whatever  source)  actually  distributed  to Class B-2
Noteholders on all prior Payment Dates.

     Class B-2  Termination  Date:  The Payment Date on which the Class B-2 Note
Principal Balance is reduced to zero.

     Class B-3 Base Principal  Distribution  Amount: With respect to any Payment
Date,  the product of (a) the Class B-3  Percentage  and (b) the Base  Principal
Amount for such Payment Date.

     Class B-3 Maturity Date: ______________________

     Class B-3 Note  Current  Interest:  With respect to any Payment  Date,  the
interest  accrued  during the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period,  equal to the
product  of (x)  one-twelfth  of the Class  B-3 Note Rate and (y) the  aggregate
Class B-3 Note Principal Balance  outstanding  immediately prior to such Payment
Date.

     Class B-3 Note  Interest:  With respect to any Payment Date,  the Class B-3
Note Current Interest and the Class B-3 Overdue Interest.

     Class B-3 Note Principal  Balance:  At any time, the Initial Class B-3 Note
Principal  Amount  minus  all  payments  theretofore  received  by the Class B-3
Noteholders on account of principal.

     Class  B-3  Overdue  Interest:  With  respect  to  any  Payment  Date,  the
difference  between (a) the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of any Class B-3 Note
Interest due on the immediately  preceding  Payment Date over the Class B-3 Note
Interest  paid  on  such  immediately   preceding  Payment  Date,  (ii)  without
duplication  of the amount  described in clause (i), the amount of the Class B-3
Overdue Interest due and unpaid as of the immediately preceding Payment Date and
(iii) the product of (x) the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) and (y)  one-twelfth of
the sum of the  Class B-2 Note  Rate  plus 1%,  and (b) any  Class  B-3  Overdue
Interest paid on such Payment Date.

     Class  B-3  Overdue  Principal:  With  respect  to any  Payment  Date,  the
difference,  if any,  equal to (a) the aggregate of the Class B-3 Base Principal
Distribution Amounts due on all prior Payment Dates and (b) the aggregate amount
of the  principal  (from  whatever  source)  actually  distributed  to Class B-3
Noteholders on all prior Payment Dates.

     Class B-3  Termination  Date:  The Payment Date on which the Class B-3 Note
Principal Balance is reduced to zero.


                                      S-42
<PAGE>

     Defaulted  Contract.  A  Contract  becomes a  "Defaulted  Contract"  at the
earlier  of the  date on  which  (i) the  Servicer  has  determined  in its sole
discretion,  in  accordance  with  the  Servicing  Standard  and  its  customary
servicing procedures, that such Contract is not collectible, (ii) all or part of
a  Scheduled  Payment  thereunder  is more than 180 days  delinquent,  (iii) the
Servicer  elected not to make a Servicer  Advance or for which the  Servicer has
determined  that a prior  Servicer  Advance is not  recoverable or (iv) that was
repurchased by a Source pursuant to a Source Agreement.

     Defaulted  Contract  Recoveries:  All  proceeds  of the  sale of  Equipment
related to Defaulted Contracts and any amounts collected as judgments against an
Obligor or others  related to the  failure of such  Obligor to pay any  required
amounts under the related  Contract or to return the Equipment,  in each case as
reduced by (i) any unreimbursed  Servicer Advances with respect to such Contract
or such  Equipment  and  (ii) any  reasonably  incurred  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred by the  Servicer in  enforcing  such  Contract or in  liquidating  such
Equipment.

     Delinquency  Trigger Event: Exists on any Payment Date on which the average
of the Delinquency  Trigger Ratios for such Payment Date and the two immediately
preceding Payment Dates exceeds 7.5%.

     Delinquency  Trigger Ratio: With respect to any Payment Date, the quotient,
expressed as a percentage of (a) the  Aggregate  Discounted  Contract  Principal
Balance of all  Contracts  as to which all or a portion of a  Scheduled  Payment
remained  unpaid for more than 30 days from its due date,  determined  as of the
end of the immediately  preceding  calendar month,  divided by (b) the Aggregate
Discounted Contract Principal Balance of all Contracts as of the last day of the
immediately  preceding  calendar  month  (including  any  Contracts  which  were
repossessed or substituted).

     Delinquent Contract: As of any Determination Date, any Contract (other than
a Contract which became a Defaulted Contract prior to such  Determination  Date)
with respect to which all or a portion of any Scheduled Payment was not received
when due by the  Servicer  as of the  close of  business  on the last day of the
month in which such payment was due.

     Determination  Date:  With  respect to a Payment  Date, a date which is the
eighth day of the calendar month in the month in which such Payment Date occurs,
or if such day is not a Business Day, the  immediately  preceding  Business Day;
provided,  however, that in no event shall such Determination Date be later than
two Business Days prior to such Payment Date.

     Discounted Contract Principal Balance: With respect to any Contract, on any
Determination  Date,  the  sum  of the  present  value  of all of the  remaining
Scheduled  Payments  becoming due under such Contract after the end of the prior
Collection  Period,  discounted  monthly  at the  Discount  Rate  in the  manner
described below; provided, however, that except to the extent expressly provided
in the Servicing  Agreement,  the Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance of any
Defaulted Contract, Early Termination Contract, or Expired Contract or Contract,
purchased by First Sierra pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, shall be equal to
zero.

     In  connection  with all  calculations  required to be made pursuant to the
Transaction  Documents with respect to the determination of Discounted  Contract
Principal  Balances,  for any date of  determination  the  "Discounted  Contract
Principal Balance" for each Contract shall be calculated assuming:

          (i)  Scheduled  Payments  are due on the last  day of each  Collection
     Period;

          (ii)  Scheduled  Payments are discounted on a monthly basis using a 30
     day month and a 360 day year; and

          (iii)  Scheduled  Payments  are  discounted  to  the  last  day of the
     Collection Period prior to the Determination Date.


                                      S-43
<PAGE>

     Early Termination  Contract:  Any Contract that has terminated  pursuant to
the terms of such Contract prior to its scheduled  expiration date, other than a
Defaulted Contract.

     Excluded  Amounts:  Any  payments  received  from an Obligor or a Source in
connection with any application  fees, tax processing  fees, wire transfer fees,
express mail fees,  insurance premiums,  late charges and other penalty amounts,
taxes,  fees  or  other  charges  imposed  by any  governmental  authority,  any
indemnity  payments  made by an Obligor for the benefit of the obligee under the
related  Contract or any payments  collected  from an Obligor or received from a
Source relating to servicing and/or maintenance payments pursuant to the related
Contract  or  maintenance  agreement,  as  applicable,  or any other  non-rental
charges reimbursable to the Servicer in accordance with the Servicer's customary
policies and procedures  plus any  collections as to which the Servicer has made
an unreimbursed Servicer Advance.

     Expired  Contract:  Any  Contract  that  has  terminated  on its  scheduled
expiration date.

     Final  Scheduled  Payment:  With respect to any  Contract,  any payment set
forth  in such  Contract  other  than the  regular  Scheduled  Payment  which is
required to be paid by the  related  Obligor at the  maturity of such  Contract.

     Gross Charge-Off Event:  Exists on any Payment Date on which the average of
the  Gross  Charge-Off  Ratio  for such  Payment  Date  and the two  immediately
preceding Payment Dates exceeds 2.5%.

     Gross  Charge-Off  Ratio:  With respect to any Payment  Date,  12 times the
quotient,  expressed as a percentage,  of (a) the Aggregate  Discounted Contract
Principal  Balance of all Contracts that become  Defaulted  Contracts during the
immediately  preceding  calendar month less all recoveries  received  during the
immediately  preceding  calendar  month,  including,  but not limited to, Source
buybacks,  Source  reserve  fund  payments,  liquidation  proceeds  and residual
proceeds,  divided by (b) the Aggregate Discounted Contract Principal Balance of
all Contracts as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar month. For the
purposes  of the  calculation  of the Gross  Charge-Off  Ratio,  the  Discounted
Contract  Principal Balance of any Contract which is a Defaulted  Contract shall
not be zero,  but shall instead be  calculated as provided in the  definition of
Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance without reference to the last proviso in
such definition.

     Initial Class A Note Principal Balance: $___________.

     Initial Class B-1 Note Principal Balance: $____________.

     Initial Class B-2 Note Principal Balance: $__________.

     Initial Class B-3 Note Principal Balance: $__________.

     Initial  Unpaid Amount:  With respect to a Contract,  the excess of (x) the
aggregate  amount of all  Scheduled  Payments due prior to the Cut-Off Date over
(y) the aggregate of all Scheduled  Payments made prior to the Cut-Off Date with
respect to such Contract. 

     Interest Accrual Period:  With respect to any Payment Date, the period from
and including the prior Payment Date to but excluding such Payment Date and with
respect to the initial Payment Date, the period from and including September 10,
1997 to but excluding such Payment Date.

     Majority Holders:  The applicable  Noteholders that together own Notes with
an aggregate Percentage Interest in excess of 50%.

     Percentage Interest:  With respect a Noteholder and a Class of Notes on any
date of  determination,  the percentage  obtained by dividing the Note Principal
Balance  of the Note  held by such  Noteholder  by the  related  Note  Principal
Balance of the related Class of Notes as of the Cut- Off Date.


                                      S-44
<PAGE>

     Premium  Amount:  With  respect to any  Payment  Date,  the  product of (a)
one-twelfth,  (b) the Premium Rate and (c) the Class A Note Principal Balance as
of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period.

     Prepayment:  With respect to a Collection  Period and a Contract  (except a
Defaulted Contract),  the amount received by the Servicer during such Collection
Period from or on behalf of an Obligor with  respect to such  Contract in excess
of the sum of (x) the Scheduled  Payment and any Final Scheduled Payment due, or
any Purchase  Option Payment made during such  Collection  Period,  plus (y) the
aggregate of any overdue Scheduled  Payments,  Initial Unpaid Amounts and unpaid
Servicing Charges for such Contract, so long as such amount is designated by the
Obligor as a  prepayment  and the Servicer  has  consented  to such  prepayment.
Neither Residual Receipts nor Defaulted Contract Recoveries are Prepayments.

     Prepayment  Amount:  With  respect  to a Payment  Date and a  Contract,  an
amount,  without  duplication,  equal to the sum of (i) the Discounted  Contract
Principal Balance as of the close of business on the second preceding Collection
Period  (without  any  deduction  for any  security  deposit paid by an Obligor,
unless  such  security  deposit has been  deposited  in the  Collection  Account
pursuant to the Servicing  Agreement);  (ii) the product of (x) such  Contract's
Discounted  Contract  Principal Balance as of the immediately  preceding Payment
Date and (y)  one-twelfth  of the Discount  Rate;  (iii) any Scheduled  Payments
theretofore due and not paid by an Obligor; and (iv) any Final Scheduled Payment
or Purchase Option Payment due or to become due under the Contract.

     Purchase Option Payment: With respect to a Contract,  any payment set forth
in such Contract payable by the Obligor  (including any security deposit applied
in respect  thereof)  upon the exercise of a purchase  option for the  Equipment
relating to such Contract,  whether or not the Obligor  actually  exercises such
purchase  option,  or with  respect to any  Contract  which does not set forth a
purchase  option,  any  payment  made by an Obligor to  purchase  the  Equipment
relating to such Contract at the end of the term of such Contract.

     Reimbursement Amount: As of any Payment Date, the sum of (x)(i) all Insured
Payments  previously received by the Indenture Trustee from the Note Insurer and
not  previously  repaid to the Note Insurer  pursuant to the Indenture plus (ii)
interest accrued on each such Insured Payment not previously  repaid to the Note
Insurer from the date the Indenture Trustee received the related Insured Payment
to, but not  including,  such  Payment  Date and (y)(i) any amounts then due and
owing to the Note Insurer  under the Insurance  Agreement  plus (ii) interest on
such amounts.

     Repurchase Amount: With respect to a Payment Date and a Contract,  the sum,
without duplication,  of (i) the Discounted Contract Principal Balance as of the
close of  business  on the  second  preceding  Collection  Period  (without  any
deduction  for any  security  deposit paid by an Obligor,  unless such  security
deposit has been deposited in the Collection  Account  pursuant to the Servicing
Agreement);  (ii)  the  product  of  (x)  such  Contract's  Discounted  Contract
Principal  Balance as of the beginning of the immediately  preceding  Collection
Period and (y)  one-twelfth of the Discount Rate;  (iii) any Scheduled  Payments
theretofore due and not paid by an Obligor; and (iv) any Final Scheduled Payment
or Purchase Option Payment due or to become due under the Contract.

     Residual Receipts: All Purchase Option Payments to the extent such proceeds
exceed any Scheduled Payments and Final Scheduled Payments remaining unpaid.

     Restricting  Event:  An event which shall occur on a Payment  Date on which
(a) an Event of Servicing Termination has occurred under the Servicing Agreement
and is not cured within the grace period set forth in the  Servicing  Agreement,
(b) the Note Insurer  makes an Insured  Payment,  (c) a Gross  Charge-Off  Event
exists, or (d) a Delinquency Trigger Event exists.

     Scheduled  Payments:  With  respect to a Payment  Date and a Contract,  the
periodic payment (exclusive of any amounts in respect of insurance or taxes, and
reflecting any adjustment for partial  Prepayments,  and further  reflecting the
effect  of any  permitted  modification  to such  Contract)  set  forth  in such
Contract  due from the  Obligor  in the  related  Collection  Period;  provided,
however, that with respect to any Contract as to which First Sierra retained the
security  deposit,  Scheduled  Payment  shall not include  the final  payment or
payments to be made thereon equal to the amount of such security deposit..


                                      S-45
<PAGE>

     Substitute  Contract  Cut-Off Date: With respect to a Substitute  Contract,
the  close of  business  on the  first  day of the  calendar  month in which the
related Transfer Date occurs.

     Trust  Certificate   Principal  Balance:   As  of  any  Payment  Date,  the
difference, if any, between (i) the sum of (x) the Aggregate Discounted Contract
Principal  Balances of all Contracts as of the end of the immediately  preceding
Collection Period and (y) the Aggregate  Discounted  Contract Principal Balances
as of the day  prior to such  Payment  Date of all  Substitute  Contracts  to be
conveyed  to the  Trust  on  such  Payment  Date  and  (ii)  the  sum of (w) the
outstanding Class A Note Principal  Balance,  (x) the outstanding Class B-1 Note
Principal Balance, (y) the outstanding Class B- 2 Note Principal Balance and (z)
the outstanding Class B-3 Note Principal Balance,  after taking into account any
distributions on such Payment Date.

     Trust Operating Expenses: With respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal
to the amounts owing to the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Note Insurer and
the  Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to the  Indenture and payable out of Available
Funds in priority to amounts owing the Noteholders.

Withholding

     The  Indenture  Trustee is required to comply with all  applicable  federal
income tax  withholding  requirements  respecting  payments  to  Noteholders  of
interest with respect to the Notes.  The consent of  Noteholders is not required
for such withholding. In the event the Noteholder is other than DTC, then in the
event that the  Indenture  Trustee  does  withhold or causes to be withheld  any
amount from interest payments or advances thereof to any Noteholders pursuant to
federal  income  tax  withholding  requirements,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall
indicate the amount withheld annually to such Noteholders.

Reports to Noteholders

     On each  Payment  Date the  Indenture  Trustee  will furnish or cause to be
furnished with each payment to Noteholders, a statement prepared by the Servicer
setting forth the following  information  (per $1,000 of Initial Note  Principal
Amount as to (a) and (b) below):

          a. With respect to a statement  to a Class A  Noteholder  or a Class B
     Noteholder,  the  amount of such  payment  allocable  to such  Noteholder's
     required  payment  of  the  Base  Principal  Amount  and  Class  A  Overdue
     Principal,  Class B-1 Overdue  Principal,  Class B-2 Overdue  Principal  or
     Class B-3 Overdue Principal;

          b. With respect to a statement  to a Class A  Noteholder  or a Class B
     Noteholder,  the amount of such  payment  allocable to Class A Note Current
     Interest,  Class B-1 Note Current Interest, Class B-2 Note Current Interest
     or Class B-3 Note  Current  Interest  and Class A, Class B-1,  Class B-2 or
     Class B-3 Overdue Interest;

          c. The  aggregate  amount  of fees and  compensation  received  by the
     Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement for the Collection Period;

          d. The aggregate Class A Note Principal  Balance,  the aggregate Class
     B-1 Note Principal Balance, the aggregate Class B-2 Note Principal Balance,
     the aggregate  Class B-3 Note Principal  Balance,  the Class A Note Factor,
     the Class B-1 Note Factor,  the Class B-2 Note Factor,  the Class B- 3 Note
     Factor,  the Pool Factor and the Aggregate  Discounted  Contract  Principal
     Balance,  after taking into account all distributions  made on such Payment
     Date;

          e. The  total  unreimbursed  Servicer  Advances  with  respect  to the
     related Collection Period;

          f. The amount of Residual Receipts and Defaulted  Contract  Recoveries
     for the related  Collection  Period and the Aggregate  Discounted  Contract
     Principal Balances for all Contracts that became Defaulted Contracts during
     the related  Collection  Period,  calculated  immediately prior to the time
     such Contracts became Defaulted Contracts; and

                    
                                      S-46
<PAGE>

          g. The total number of Contracts and the Aggregate Discounted Contract
     Principal  Balances  thereof,   together  with  the  number  and  aggregate
     Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balances of all  Contracts as to which the
     Obligors,  as of the related Calculation Date, were one, two, three or four
     Scheduled Payments delinquent, and Delinquent Contracts reconveyed.

     The  "Class A Note  Factor"  is the seven  digit  decimal  number  that the
Servicer  will  compute or cause to be computed for each  Collection  Period and
will make available on the related  Determination Date representing the ratio of
(x) the Class A Note  Principal  Balance which will be  outstanding  on the next
Payment  Date (after  taking into account all  distributions  to be made on such
Payment Date) to (y) the Initial Class A Note Principal Amount.

     The "Class B-1 Note  Factor" is the seven  digit  decimal  number  that the
Servicer  will  compute or cause to be computed for each  Collection  Period and
will make available on the related  Determination Date representing the ratio of
(x) the Class B-1 Note  Principal  Balance which will be outstanding on the next
Payment  Date (after  taking into account all  distributions  to be made on such
Payment Date) to (y) the Initial Class B-1 Note Principal Amount.

     The "Class B-2 Note  Factor" is the seven  digit  decimal  number  that the
Servicer  will  compute or cause to be computed for each  Collection  Period and
will make available on the related  Determination Date representing the ratio of
(x) the Class B-2 Note  Principal  Balance which will be outstanding on the next
Payment  Date (after  taking into account all  distributions  to be made on such
Payment Date) to (y) the Initial Class B-2 Note Principal Amount.

     The "Class B-3 Note  Factor" is the seven  digit  decimal  number  that the
Servicer  will  compute or cause to be computed for each  Collection  Period and
will make available on the related  Determination Date representing the ratio of
(x) the Class B-3 Note  Principal  Balance which will be outstanding on the next
Payment  Date (after  taking into account all  distributions  to be made on such
Payment Date) to (y) the Initial Class B-3 Note Principal Amount.

     The "Pool Factor" is the seven digit decimal  number that the Servicer will
compute  or cause  to be  computed  for each  Collection  Period  and will  make
available on the related  Determination  Date  representing the ratio of (x) the
Aggregate Discounted Contract Principal Balance as of the end of the immediately
preceding  Collection Period to (y) the Aggregate  Discounted Contract Principal
Balance as of the Cut-Off Date.

     In addition,  by January 31 of each calendar year following any year during
which the Notes are  outstanding,  commencing  January 31, 1998,  the  Indenture
Trustee  will  furnish  to each  Noteholder  of record at any time  during  such
preceding  calendar year,  information  as to the aggregate of amounts  reported
pursuant to items (a) and (b) above for such calendar year to enable Noteholders
to prepare their federal income tax returns.

Optional Redemption

     The Indenture will provide that, subject to the consent of the Note Insurer
on  any  Payment  Date,  following  the  Record  Date  on  which  the  Aggregate
Outstanding  Principal  Balance  of the Notes is less than 10% of the  Aggregate
Initial Note  Principal  Balance,  Transferor  will have the option to cause the
early  retirement of the Notes.  In the event of such a  redemption,  the entire
outstanding  Class A Note  Principal  Balance,  the  Class  B-1  Note  Principal
Balance,  the Class B-2 Note  Principal  Balance,  the Class B-3 Note  Principal
Balance,  together with accrued  interest thereon at the related Note Rate, will
be required to be paid to the Class A  Noteholders,  the Class B-1  Noteholders,
the Class B-2 Noteholders, and the Class B-3 Noteholders,  respectively, on such
Payment  Date and all amounts  owed to the Note Insurer and the Class B-2 credit
provider  will be paid to the Note  Insurer  and the Class B-2 credit  provider,
respectively, on such Payment Date.

Remittance and Other Servicing Procedures

     The Servicer has agreed to manage,  administer and service the  Receivables
and to  enforce  and  make  collections  on the  Receivables  and any  Insurance
Policies, exercising the degree of skill and care consistent 


                                      S-47
<PAGE>

with that  which the  Servicer  customarily  exercises  with  respect to similar
property owned, managed or serviced by it.

     The Servicer may grant to an Obligor any rebate,  refund or adjustment that
the Servicer in good faith  believes is required,  because of Prepayment in full
of a Contract.  The Servicer may deduct the amount of any such rebate, refund or
adjustment from the amount otherwise payable by the Servicer into the Collection
Account; provided,  however, that the Servicer will not permit any rescission or
cancellation  of any Contract  which would  materially  impair the rights of the
Trust, the Note Insurer, the Class B-2 credit provider or the Noteholders in the
Contracts or the proceeds  thereof,  nor will the prepayment  price after giving
effect to any such rebate,  refund or adjustment (and without any adjustment for
any security deposit previously paid by the Obligor) be less than the Prepayment
Amount.  The  Servicer  may waive,  modify or vary any term of a Contract if the
Servicer, in its reasonable and prudent judgment, determines that it will not be
materially adverse to the Noteholders, the Class B-2 credit provider or the Note
Insurer. However, the Servicer will covenant in the Servicing Agreement that (i)
it will not forgive any payment of rent,  principal or interest,  (ii) unless an
Obligor is in default,  it will not permit any  modification  with  respect to a
Contract  which  would  defer the  payment of any  principal  or interest or any
Scheduled  Payment or change the final maturity date on any Contract;  provided,
however,  that no change in the final  maturity  date of any  Contract  shall be
permitted  under any  circumstances  if such new maturity date is later than the
latest maturity date of any other Contract then held by the Trust, and (iii) the
Servicer may accept Prepayment in part or in full; provided,  further,  that (1)
in the event of Prepayment in full, the Servicer may consent to such  Prepayment
only in an amount not less than the Prepayment  Amount and (2) in the event of a
partial Prepayment,  the Servicer may consent to such partial Prepayment only if
(x) following such partial  Prepayment there are no delinquent  amounts then due
from the Obligor and (y) such partial  Prepayment will not reduce the Discounted
Contract  Principal  Balance  by more than an amount  equal to (I) the amount of
such  partial  Prepayment,  minus (II)  unpaid  interest at the  Discount  Rate,
accrued  through the end of the  Collection  Period  immediately  following such
partial  Prepayment on the outstanding  Discounted  Contract  Principal  Balance
prior to such  partial  Prepayment.  In the case of a  partial  Prepayment,  the
Servicer is required to accurately recalculate the Discounted Contract Principal
Balance, and the allocation of Scheduled Payments to principal and interest.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

     For its servicing of the  Contracts,  the Servicer  will receive  servicing
compensation  including  the monthly  Servicer  Fee for each  Collection  Period
(payable on the next succeeding Payment Date) and Servicing Charges.

     The  servicing  compensation  will  compensate  the Servicer for  customary
equipment contract servicing  activities to be performed by the Servicer for the
Trust, additional administrative services performed by the Servicer on behalf of
the Trust and expenses paid by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust.

     The Servicer,  as an independent  contractor on behalf of the Trust and for
the  benefit  of the  Noteholders,  the Note  Insurer  and the Class B-2  credit
provider (as their  interests may appear) will be responsible  for the managing,
servicing and administering the Receivables and enforcing and making collections
on the  Contracts  and any  Insurance  Policies  and for  the  enforcing  of any
security  interest in any item of  Equipment,  all as set forth in the Servicing
Agreement.  The Servicer's  responsibilities will include collecting and posting
of  all   payments,   responding   to  inquiries   of  Obligors,   investigating
delinquencies,   accounting  for  collections,  furnishing  monthly  and  annual
statements to the Indenture Trustee,  the Class B-2 credit provider and the Note
Insurer with  respect to  distributions,  making  Servicer  Advances,  providing
appropriate  federal income tax information for use in providing  information to
Noteholders,  collecting  and  remitting  sales and property  taxes on behalf of
taxing  authorities and maintaining the perfected security interest of the Trust
in the Equipment and the Contracts.

Evidence as to Compliance

     The Servicing  Agreement  requires that the Servicer  cause an  independent
accountant  (who may also render  other  services to the  Servicer) to prepare a
statement  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Note  Insurer,  the Class B-2 credit
provider  and each  Rating  Agency  dated not later  than  April 30,  1998,  and
annually as of the same month  thereafter,  to the effect  that the  independent
accountant has examined the servicing procedures, manuals, guides and records of
the  Servicer  and the  accounts  and  records of the  Servicer  relating to the
Receivables  and the  Contract 


                                      S-48
<PAGE>

Files (which procedures,  manuals,  guides and records shall be described in one
or  more  schedules  to  such  statement),  that  such  firm  has  compared  the
information contained in the Servicer's  Certificates  delivered in the relevant
period with  information  contained  in the accounts and records for such period
and that, on the basis of such  examination and comparison,  nothing has come to
the  independent  accountant's  attention to indicate that the Servicer has not,
during the relevant  period,  serviced the  Receivables in compliance  with such
servicing procedures,  manuals and guides and in the same manner required by the
Servicer's  standards and with the same degree of skill and care consistent with
that which the Servicer  customarily  exercises with respect to similar property
owned by it,  that  such  accounts  and  records  have not  been  maintained  in
accordance with the Servicing Agreement,  that the information  contained in the
Servicer's Certificates does not reconcile with the information contained in the
accounts  and records or that such  certificates,  accounts and records have not
been properly prepared and maintained in all material  respects,  except in each
case for (a) such exceptions as the independent  accountant  shall believe to be
immaterial  and  (b)  such  other  exceptions  as  shall  be set  forth  in such
statement. On or before April 30 of each year, commencing on April 30, 1998, the
Servicer  shall  deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Note  Insurer and each
Rating Agency a copy of such statement.

     The Servicing  Agreement will also provide for annual  delivery of a report
(the "Supplementary Report") by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee, the Class
B-2 credit  provider  and the Note Insurer not later than 120 days after the end
of each  fiscal  year,  signed  by an  authorized  officer  of the  Servicer  (a
"Servicing  Officer")  on behalf of the Servicer and dated as of the last day of
such fiscal year,  stating that (a) a review of the  activities  of the Servicer
and the Servicer's  performance  under the Servicing  Agreement for the previous
12-month period has been made under such Servicing Officer's supervision and (b)
nothing has come to such Servicing Officer's attention to indicate that an Event
of  Servicing  Termination  has  occurred,   or,  if  such  Event  of  Servicing
Termination has so occurred and is continuing,  specifying each such event known
to the officer,  the nature and status thereof and the steps necessary to remedy
such event.

     The Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer, upon request of the
Indenture  Trustee,  will furnish to the Indenture  Trustee such underlying data
necessary  for  administration  of the Trust or  enforcement  actions  as can be
generated by the Servicer's existing data processing system.

Certain Matters Relating to the Servicer

     The Servicing  Agreement will provide that the Servicer may not resign from
its  obligations and duties as Servicer  thereunder,  except upon consent of the
Note Insurer or a determination  that the Servicer's  performance of such duties
is no longer  permissible under applicable law. The Servicer can only be removed
pursuant to an Event of Servicing Termination as discussed below.

Events of Servicing Termination

     An "Event of Servicing  Termination"  under the  Servicing  Agreement  will
occur  (a) if there  occurs a change of  "control"  of the  Servicer  ("control"
having  the  meaning  ascribed  to it in the  Rules  and  Regulations  under the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended),  unless the Note  Insurer  has
determined  that such change in control does not have a material  adverse effect
on the interests of the Note Insurer;  (b) if the Servicer fails to make (i) any
Servicing  Advance  within  three  Business  Days or (ii) any other  payment  or
deposit  required under the Servicing  Agreement  within three Business Days but
not more than once in any Collection Period; (c) if the Servicer fails to submit
a Servicer's  Certificate,  within three  Business Days  following  knowledge or
notice of  non-receipt;  (d) (i) if the Servicer  fails to observe or perform in
any material respect any other covenant or agreement in the Servicing  Agreement
or the Notes or (ii) if any  representation  or warranty of the  Servicer in the
Servicing  Agreement is  incorrect,  and such failure or breach  materially  and
adversely  affects the rights of the Indenture  Trustee,  the Note Insurer,  the
Class B-2 credit  provider or the  Noteholders  and continues  unremedied for 30
days after the  earlier to occur of (x)  written  notice to the  Servicer by the
Indenture   Trustee  or  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  Servicer  by  any
Noteholders,  the Note Insurer, the Class B-2 credit provider or (y) the date on
which any  Servicing  Officer or  authorized  officer of the  Indenture  Trustee
knows, or reasonably  should have known, of such failure or of such breach;  (e)
upon the filing of an involuntary  petition in bankruptcy or the decree or order
of a  court,  agency  or  supervisory  authority  having  jurisdiction  over the
Servicer for the appointment of a conservator,  receiver,  trustee in bankruptcy
or liquidator in any  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar  proceedings,  and the
continuance of any such petition, decree or order undismissed or unstayed and in
effect for a period of 60  


                                      S-49
<PAGE>

consecutive  days; (f) upon the voluntary  filing of such petition or assignment
for  the  benefit  of  creditors,  the  consent  by the  Servicer  to  any  such
appointment,  the  admission in writing by the Servicer of its  inability to pay
its debts as they become due or the  determination  by a court that the Servicer
is  generally  not paying its debts as they come due;  (g) in the event that the
Servicer assigns or attempts to assign its rights and duties under the Servicing
Agreement  except as  specifically  permitted  therein;  (h) a final judgment or
order shall be rendered  against the  Servicer for payment in excess of $500,000
and  continues  for 90 days without a stay;  or (i) upon the  occurrence  of any
other event specified in the Insurance Agreement.

Rights Upon an Event of Servicing Termination

     If an Event of Servicing Termination has occurred and is continuing, either
the Indenture Trustee shall at the direction of the Note Insurer or may with the
consent of the Note Insurer or the Majority  Holders may with the consent of the
Note Insurer  terminate all (but not less than all) of the Servicer's rights and
obligations under the Servicing  Agreement.  Upon such termination,  the Back-up
Servicer will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the
Servicer under the Servicing Agreement;  provided,  however,  that the Indenture
Trustee shall not (i) assume any  obligation to reacquire  Receivables by reason
of  misrepresentations  or breaches of warranties,  (ii) be required to make any
Servicer  Advance if such Servicer Advance would be prohibited by applicable law
or if the Back-up  Servicer  determines  that the Servicer  Advance would not be
reimbursed or (iii) be liable for acts, omissions or breaches of representations
or  warranties  by the  Servicer  occurring  prior to transfer of the  servicing
functions.  Notwithstanding such termination,  the Servicer shall be entitled to
payment of certain amounts payable to it prior to such  termination for services
rendered prior to such  termination.  The Back-up Servicer also may appoint,  or
petition a court of competent  jurisdiction  for the appointment of, a successor
Servicer  acceptable to the Note Insurer in accordance  with the  procedures set
forth in the Servicing Agreement.

Events of Default

     Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee, upon the
direction of the Controlling Parties,  shall declare the unpaid principal amount
of all the Notes to be due and  payable  together  with all  accrued  and unpaid
interest  thereon without  presentment,  demand,  protest or other notice of any
kind,  all of which are waived by the Trust.  "Events of Default"  wherever used
herein means any one of the following events:

     (i)  failure to  distribute  or cause to be  distributed  to the  Indenture
Trustee,  for the  benefit  of the  Noteholders,  all or part of any  payment of
interest required to be made under the terms of such Notes or the Indenture when
due; or

     (ii) failure to distribute or cause to be distributed  (x) to the Indenture
Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, on any Payment Date an amount equal
to the  principal  due on the  outstanding  Notes as of such Payment Date to the
extent that sufficient  Available Funds are on deposit in the Collection Account
or (y) on the Class A Maturity Date, Class B-1 Maturity Date, Class B-2 Maturity
Date or the Class B-3 Maturity Date, as the case may be, any remaining principal
owed on the outstanding Class A Notes, Class B-1 Notes, Class B-2 Notes or Class
B-3 Notes, as the case may be.

     "Controlling  Parties"  means:  (i) with  respect  to an  Event of  Default
resulting  only from the  failure  to make a  required  payment on the Class B-3
Notes,  (a) Majority Holders of the Class B-1 Notes, the Class B-2 Notes and the
Class B-3 Notes, (b) the Note Insurer,  but if the Note Insurer has defaulted on
its obligations  under the Note Insurance Policy and such default is continuing,
the  Majority  Holders  of the  Class A  Notes,  and (c) the  Class  B-2  credit
provider,  but only if the Class B-2 credit  provider  has not  defaulted on its
obligations under the letter of credit supporting the Class B-2 Notes; (ii) with
respect  to an Event of  Default  resulting  only  from  the  failure  to make a
required  payment  on the Class B-2  Notes  and the  Class  B-3  Notes,  (a) the
Majority  Holders of the Class B-1 Notes and the Class B-2  Notes,  (b) the Note
Insurer, but if the Note Insurer has defaulted on its obligations under the Note
Insurance  Policy and such default is  continuing,  the Majority  Holders of the
Class A Notes, and (c) the Class B-2 credit provider,  but only if the Class B-2
credit provider has not defaulted on its obligations  under the letter of credit
supporting  the Class B-2  Notes;  (iii)  with  respect  to 


                                      S-50
<PAGE>

an Event of Default  resulting only from the failure to make a required  payment
on the Class B-1 Notes,  the Class B-2 and the Class B-3 Notes, (a) the Majority
Holders of the Class B-1 Notes and (b) the Note Insurer, but if the Note Insurer
has  defaulted  on its  obligations  under the Note  Insurance  Policy  and such
default is continuing,  the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes; and (iv) with
respect to an Event of  Default  resulting  from the  failure to make a required
payment on the Class A Notes,  the Note  Insurer,  but if the Note  Insurer  has
defaulted on its obligations under the Note Insurance Policy and such default is
continuing, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes.

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the event  that an Event of Default is
declared by the  Controlling  Parties  without the consent of the Note  Insurer,
during the  occurrence and  continuation  of a default by the Note Insurer under
the Note Insurance  Policy,  and payments on the Class A Notes are  accelerated,
such accelerated payments will not be covered by the Note Insurer under the Note
Insurance  Policy and Insured Payments on the Class A Notes shall remain due and
payable by the Note Insurer in  accordance  with the original  terms of the Note
Insurance Policy regardless of any such acceleration of the Class A Notes.

Termination of the Trust

     The  Trust  and the  Indenture  will  terminate,  (i) at the  option of the
Residual Holder,  at any time which is 123 days after the payment to the Class A
Noteholders  and the Class B Noteholders  of all amounts  required to be paid to
them pursuant to the Indenture, reducing the Class A Note Principal Balance, the
Class B-1 Note Principal  Balance,  the Class B-2 Note Principal Balance and the
Class B-3 Note  Principal  Balance to zero or (ii) after the 120th day following
the Expected Final Payment Date. Upon termination of the Trust and the reduction
of the Class A Note Principal Balance, the Class B-1 Note Principal Balance, the
Class B-2 Note  Principal  Balance and the Class B-3 Note  Principal  Balance to
zero and payment of any amounts  then owing to the Note  Insurer,  the Class B-2
credit provider and the Indenture  Trustee,  any remaining property then held by
the Trust shall be distributed to the Residual Holder.

     The respective representations, warranties and indemnities of First Sierra,
the Servicer and the Depositor will survive any termination of the Trust and the
Indenture.

Amendment

     The  Transaction  Documents  may be amended by agreement  of the  Indenture
Trustee,  the  Depositor  and the Servicer at any time,  without  consent of the
Noteholders,  but with the consent of the Note Insurer,  to cure any  ambiguity,
upon receipt of an opinion of counsel to the Servicer that such  amendment  will
not adversely affect in any respect the interests of any Noteholder.

     The  Transaction  Documents  may also be  amended  from time to time by the
Indenture  Trustee,  the  Depositor,  the  Servicer,  the Note  Insurer  and the
Majority  Holders for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the  Transaction  Documents or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders;  provided,  however, that
no such  amendment  shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or
accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or
distributions  which are  required to be made on any Note without the consent of
the holder of such Note or (b) reduce the aforesaid  percentage  of  Noteholders
required  to  consent  to  any  amendment,  without  unanimous  consent  of  the
Noteholders;  provided,  further,  that no such amendment  shall  materially and
adversely  affect the  interests  of the Class B-2 credit  provider  without the
consent of the Class B-2 credit provider.

     The  Indenture   Trustee  is  required   under  the  Indenture  to  furnish
Noteholders  and the Rating Agencies with written notice of the substance of any
such amendment to the Indenture promptly upon execution of such amendment.

                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

General

     The Indenture Trustee,  Bankers Trust Company, has an office at Four Albany
Street, New York, New York 10006.

     The  Indenture  Trustee may  resign,  subject to the  conditions  set forth
below, at any time upon written notice to the Depositor,  the Note Insurer,  the
Class B-2 credit provider and the Servicer,  in which event 


                                      S-51
<PAGE>

the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  Indenture Trustee.  If no
successor  Indenture Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted such
appointment  within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation,  the
resigning  Indenture Trustee may petition a court of competent  jurisdiction for
the  appointment  of a successor  Indenture  Trustee.  Any  successor  Indenture
Trustee shall be acceptable to the Note Insurer and shall meet the financial and
other  standards  for  qualifying  as a successor  Indenture  Trustee  under the
Indenture.  The  Servicer  may with the consent of the Note Insurer and shall at
the direction of the Note Insurer,  or Noteholders of any Class  evidencing more
than 25% of the  Percentage  Interests of such Class may,  subject to consent of
the Note  Insurer,  also remove the Indenture  Trustee if the Indenture  Trustee
ceases to be  eligible  to  continue  as such under the  Indenture  and fails to
resign after written  request  therefor,  or is legally unable to act, or if the
Indenture  Trustee is adjudicated to be insolvent.  In such  circumstances,  the
Servicer  or such  Noteholders  will also be  obligated  to appoint a  successor
Indenture Trustee (acceptable to the Note Insurer).  The Note Insurer shall also
have the right to remove the  Indenture  Trustee  for "cause" (as defined in the
Indenture).  Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment
of a successor  Indenture  Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee.

Duties and Immunities of the Indenture Trustee

     The Indenture  Trustee will make no  representations  as to the validity or
sufficiency of the Servicing Agreement, the Notes (other than the authentication
thereof) or of any  Receivable or related  document and will not be  accountable
for the use or application by First Sierra or the Depositor of any funds paid to
the  Depositor  in  consideration  of the  sale of any  Notes.  If no  Event  of
Servicing Termination has occurred,  then the Indenture Trustee will be required
to perform only those  duties  specifically  required of it under the  Servicing
Agreement.  However,  upon  receipt of the  various  resolutions,  certificates,
statements,  opinions,  reports, documents, orders or other instruments required
to be furnished to it, the Indenture Trustee will be required to examine them to
determine  whether they conform as to form to the  requirements of the Servicing
Agreement.

     No recourse is available based on any provision of the Servicing Agreement,
the Notes or any Receivable or assignment thereof against Bankers Trust Company,
in its  individual  capacity,  and  Bankers  Trust  Company  shall  not have any
personal obligation, liability or duty whatsoever to any Noteholder or any other
person with  respect to any such claim and such claim  shall be asserted  solely
against the Trust  Assets or any  indemnitor,  except for such  liability  as is
determined  to have resulted  from the  Indenture  Trustee's  own  negligence or
willful misconduct.

     The Indenture Trustee will be entitled to receive, pursuant to the priority
set forth in the Indenture,  (a) reasonable  compensation  for its services (the
"Indenture Trustee Fee"), (b) reimbursement for its reasonable  expenses and (c)
indemnification  for loss,  liability or expense incurred without  negligence or
bad faith on its part,  arising out of performance of its duties thereunder ((b)
and (c) collectively, the "Indenture Trustee Expenses").

                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     [Delaware  Trust  Company]  will act as the Owner  Trustee  under the Trust
Agreement.  [Delaware  Trust Company is a Delaware  banking  corporation and its
principal offices are located at _____________________________.]

                       PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     The rate of principal  payments  on, and the weighted  average life of, the
Class A Notes will be directly related to the rate of principal  payments on the
underlying  Contracts.  If  purchased  at a price  other than par,  the yield to
maturity  will also be  affected  by the rate of such  principal  payments.  The
principal  payments on such Contracts may be in the form of scheduled  principal
payments or liquidations  due to default,  casualty,  repurchases for breach and
the like. Any such payments will result in  distributions to Class A Noteholders
of amounts which would otherwise have been  distributed  over the remaining term
of the Contracts.  In general,  the rate of such payments may be influenced by a
number of other factors,  including  general  economic  conditions.  The rate of
payment of principal may also be affected by any removal of the  Contracts  from
the pool and the deposit of the related  Prepayment  Amount or Repurchase Amount
into the Collection Account.


                                      S-52
<PAGE>

     The  Contracts  generally  do not  provide  for the right of the Obligor to
prepay. Under the Servicing  Agreement,  the Servicer will be permitted to allow
such  Prepayments in full or in part,  provided that no Prepayment of a Contract
will be allowed in an amount less than the Prepayment Amount.

     The final scheduled  Payment Date for the Class A Notes is __________,  for
the Class B-1 Notes is __________, for the Class B-2 Notes is __________ and for
the Class B-3 Notes is __________. Such dates are the dates on which the related
Note Principal Balance would be reduced to zero,  assuming,  among other things,
(i) no  Prepayments  are received on any of the  Contracts and (ii) the Modeling
Assumptions (as defined below) apply.  The weighted  average life of the Class A
Notes is likely to be shorter than would be the case if payments  actually  made
on the Contracts conformed to the foregoing  assumptions,  and the final Payment
Dates with respect to the Class A Notes could occur  significantly  earlier than
such final scheduled Payment Dates due to defaults,  and because First Sierra is
obligated to  repurchase  Contracts in the event of breaches of  representations
and warranties.

     "Weighted  average life" refers to the average amount of time from the date
of issuance of a security  until each dollar of principal of such  security will
be repaid to the investor.  The weighted average lives of the Class A Notes will
be  influenced  by the rate at which  principal  payments  (including  scheduled
payments and  prepayments)  on the  Contracts  are made.  Principal  payments on
Contracts may be in the form of scheduled  amortization or prepayments (for this
purpose,  the term "prepayment"  includes  prepayments and liquidations due to a
default or other  dispositions of the Contracts).  The weighted average lives of
the Class A Notes will also be influenced by delays associated with realizing on
Defaulted  Contracts.  The prepayment model used in this Prospectus  Supplement,
the  "Conditional  Prepayment Rate" or "CPR",  represents an assumed  annualized
rate  of  prepayment  relative  to the  then  outstanding  balance  on a pool of
contracts.  The CPR assumes that a fraction of the outstanding  Contract Pool is
prepaid on each Payment  Date,  which implies that each Contract in the Contract
Pool is equally likely to prepay. This fraction,  expressed as a percentage,  is
annualized  to  arrive  at the CPR  for  the  Contract  Pool.  The CPR  measures
prepayments based on the outstanding principal on the previous Payment Date. The
CPR further  assumes  that all  Contracts  are the same size and amortize at the
same rate and that each  Contract will be either paid as scheduled or prepaid in
full.

Weighted Average Lives of the Class A Notes

     For the  purpose of the table  below,  it is assumed,  among other  things,
that:  (i) the Closing Date for the Notes occurs on September  ___,  1997,  (ii)
distributions  on the Notes are made on the 10th day of each month regardless of
the day on which the Payment Date actually occurs, commencing in October 1997 in
accordance  with the priorities  described  herein,  (iii) no  delinquencies  or
defaults  in  the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on the  Contracts  are
experienced,  (iv) no Contract is repurchased for breach of a representation and
warranty or otherwise, (v) the Discount Rate is ___% per annum, (vi) Prepayments
with respect to the  Contracts  are received on the last day of each  Collection
Period,  commencing on _________(vii)  no Restricting  Event occurs,  (viii) the
Class A Note Rate is ___% per annum,  the Class B-1 Note Rate is ___% per annum,
the Class B-2 Note Rate is ___% per  annum,  and the Class B-3 Note Rate is ___%
per  annum,  (ix)  the  Servicing  Fee is  0.50%  per  annum  and the sum of the
Indenture Trustee and Back-up Servicer Fees is ____% per annum, (x) the Contract
pool consists of a single contract with a Discounted  Contract Principal Balance
equal to  $__________  and (xi)  Scheduled  Payments on such contract are timely
received (collectively, the "Modeling Assumptions").

     Since the  table was  prepared  on the basis of the  Modeling  Assumptions,
there are discrepancies  between the characteristics of the actual Contracts and
the  characteristics  of the Contracts  assumed in preparing the table. Any such
discrepancies  may have an  effect  upon  the  percentages  of the  Class A Note
Principal  Balance  outstanding and weighted  average lives of the Class A Notes
set forth in the table.  In  addition,  since the actual  Contracts in the Trust
have characteristics  which differ from those assumed in preparing the table set
forth below,  the related weighted average life may be longer or shorter than as
indicated in the table.

     The following  table sets forth the  percentages  of the initial  principal
amount of the Class A Notes  that would be  outstanding  after each of the dates
shown, assuming a CPR of 0%, 1%, 2% and 3%, respectively.


                                      S-53
<PAGE>

                           PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL NOTE
                          PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING

                                  Class A Notes

                             Prepayment Speed (CPR)

    Payment                    0%         1%             2%             3%
     Date
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Closing Date                       %            %               %             %
December 10, 1997                  %            %               %             %
March 10, 1998                     %            %               %             %
June 10, 1998                      %            %               %             %
September 10, 1998                 %            %               %             %
December 10, 1998                  %            %               %             %
March 10, 1999                     %            %               %             %
June 10, 1999                      %            %               %             %
September 10, 1999                 %            %               %             %
December 10, 1999                  %            %               %             %
March 10, 2000                     %            %               %             %
June 10, 2000                      %            %               %             %
September 10, 2000                 %            %               %             %
December 10, 2000                  %            %               %             %
March 10, 2001                     %            %               %             %
June 10, 2001                      %            %               %             %
September 10, 2001                 %            %               %             %
December 10, 2001                  %            %               %             %
March 10, 2002                     %            %               %             %
June 10, 2002                      %            %               %             %
September 10, 2002                 %            %               %             %
December 10, 2002                  %            %               %             %
March 10, 2003                     %            %               %             %
June 10, 2003                      %            %               %             %
September 10, 2003                 %            %               %             %
December 10, 2003                  %            %               %             %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average                                                         
  Life (years)


                                      S-54
<PAGE>

     The Contracts will not have the  characteristics  assumed above,  and there
can be no assurance that (i) the Contracts will prepay at any of the rates shown
in the table or at any other particular rate or will prepay  proportionately  or
(ii) the  weighted  average  lives of the  Class A Notes  will be as  calculated
above.  Because the rate of distributions of principal of the Class A Notes will
be a result of the actual amortization (including prepayments) of the Contracts,
which  will  include  Contracts  that have  remaining  terms to stated  maturity
shorter or longer than those assumed,  the weighted average lives of the Class A
Notes will  differ  from  those set forth  above,  even if all of the  Contracts
prepay at the indicated constant prepayment rates.

     The effective  yield to Class A Noteholders  will depend upon,  among other
things,  the price at which such Class A Notes are purchased,  and the amount of
and rate at which principal,  including both scheduled and unscheduled  payments
thereof,  is paid to the Class A  Noteholders.  See "Risk Factors - Maturity and
Prepayment Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     Due to the subordination  provisions  applicable to the Notes, it is likely
that the Class A Principal  Balance  will  amortize  more  rapidly than will the
Initial Aggregate  Discounted Contract Principal Balance.  See "Summary of Terms
- -- Subordination Provisions" and "Description of Notes -- Flow of Funds" in this
Prospectus Supplement.

                            THE NOTE INSURANCE POLICY
                              AND THE NOTE INSURER

     The  following  information  has  been  supplied  by the Note  Insurer  for
inclusion in this Prospectus Supplement.

     The Note  Insurer,  in  consideration  of the  payment of the  premium  and
subject to the terms of the Note Insurance Policy,  thereby  unconditionally and
irrevocably  guarantees to any Owner (as defined  below) that an amount equal to
each  full and  complete  Insured  Payment  will be  received  by the  Indenture
Trustee,  or its  successor,  on behalf of the Owners from the Note  Insurer for
distribution   by  the   Indenture   Trustee  to  each  Owner  of  each  Owner's
proportionate  share of such Insured  Payment.  The Note  Insurer's  obligations
under the Note  Insurance  Policy with respect to a particular  Insured  Payment
shall be discharged to the extent funds equal to the applicable  Insured Payment
are received by the  Indenture  Trustee,  whether or not such funds are properly
applied by the Indenture  Trustee.  Insured  Payments  shall be made only at the
time set forth in the Note Insurance Policy and no accelerated  Insured Payments
shall be made regardless of any  acceleration of the Class A Notes,  unless such
acceleration is at the sole option of the Note Insurer.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Note Insurance Policy does not
cover  shortfalls,  if any,  attributable  to the  liability of the Trust or the
Indenture  Trustee  for  withholding  taxes,  if  any  (including  interest  and
penalties in respect of any such liability).

     The Note Insurer will pay any Insured  Payment that is a Preference  Amount
(as described below) on the Business Day following  receipt on a Business Day by
the  Fiscal  Agent (as  described  below) of (i) a  certified  copy of the order
requiring  the  return of a  preference  payment,  (ii) an  opinion  of  counsel
satisfactory  to the Note  Insurer  that such order is final and not  subject to
appeal,  (iii) an assignment in such form as is reasonably  required by the Note
Insurer,  irrevocably assigning to the Note Insurer all rights and claims of the
Owner  relating to or arising  under the Class A Notes  against the debtor which
made such  preference  payment or  otherwise  with  respect  to such  preference
payment and (iv)  appropriate  instruments to effect the appointment of the Note
Insurer  as  agent  for such  Owner  in any  legal  proceeding  related  to such
preference  payment,  such instruments  being in a form satisfactory to the Note
Insurer,  provided that if such documents are received after 12:00 noon New York
City time on such  Business  Day,  they will be  deemed  to be  received  on the
following  Business  Day.  Such  payments  shall be disbursed to the receiver or
trustee  in  bankruptcy  named  in  the  final  order  of the  court  exercising
jurisdiction  on behalf of the Owner and not to any Owner  directly  unless such
Owner  has  returned  principal  or  interest  paid on the Class A Notes to such
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case such payment shall be disbursed
to such Owner.


                                      S-55
<PAGE>

     The Note Insurer will pay any other amount payable under the Note Insurance
Policy no later than  12:00 noon New York City time on the later of the  Payment
Date on which the related  Deficiency  Amount is due or the second  Business Day
following  receipt in New York,  New York on a Business Day by State Street Bank
and Trust  Company,  N.A. as Fiscal Agent for the Note Insurer or any  successor
fiscal agent  appointed by the Note Insurer (the "Fiscal Agent") of a Notice (as
described below);  provided that if such Notice is received after 12:00 noon New
York City time on such  Business  Day,  it will be deemed to be  received on the
following  Business Day. If any such Notice  received by the Fiscal Agent is not
in proper form or is  otherwise  insufficient  for the purpose of making a claim
under the Note Insurance  Policy it shall be deemed not to have been received by
the Fiscal  Agent for  purposes of this  paragraph,  and the Note Insurer or the
Fiscal Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly so advise the Indenture Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee may submit an amended Notice.

     Insured  Payments  due under the Note  Insurance  Policy  unless  otherwise
stated in the Note Insurance Policy will be disbursed by the Fiscal Agent to the
Indenture  Trustee  on behalf  of the  Owners by wire  transfer  of  immediately
available funds in the amount of the Insured Payment less, in respect of Insured
Payments related to Preference Amounts, any amount held by the Indenture Trustee
for the payment of such Insured Payment and legally available therefor.

     The Fiscal Agent is the agent of the Note Insurer only and the Fiscal Agent
shall in no event be liable to Owners  for any acts of the  Fiscal  Agent or any
failure of the Note  Insurer to  deposit  or cause to be  deposited,  sufficient
funds to make payments due under the Note Insurance Policy.

     Subject to the terms of the Indenture, the Note Insurer shall be subrogated
to the rights of each Owner to receive  payments  under the Class A Notes to the
extent of any payment by the Note Insurer under the Note Insurance Policy.

     As used in the Note Insurance  Policy,  the following  terms shall have the
following meanings:

          "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  a Sunday or a day
     on which the Note Insurer and banking  institutions  in New York City or in
     the city in which the corporate  trust office of the  Indenture  Trustee is
     located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

          "Deficiency Amount" means, as of any Payment Date, the Available Funds
     Shortfall.

          "Insured  Payment"  means (i) as of any Payment Date,  any  Deficiency
     Amount and (ii) any Preference Amount.

          "Notice"  means  the  telephonic  or  telegraphic   notice,   promptly
     confirmed in writing by telecopy  substantially  in the form of the exhibit
     attached  to  the  Note  Insurance   Policy,   the  original  of  which  is
     substantially delivered by registered or certified mail, from the Indenture
     Trustee specifying the related Insured Payment which shall be due and owing
     on the applicable Payment Date.

          "Owner" means each holder of a Class A Note (other than the Depositor,
     the Servicer or any  subservicer)  who, on the applicable  Payment Date, is
     entitled  under  the  terms  of the  applicable  Class A Note,  to  payment
     thereunder.

                  "Preference Amount" means any amount previously distributed to
         an Owner on the  Class A Notes  that is  recoverable  and  sought to be
         recovered as a avoidable preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant
         to the United States  Bankruptcy  Code (11 U.S.C.  ss. 101 et seq.), as
         amended from time to time (the "Bankruptcy Code"), in accordance with a
         final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction.

     Capitalized  terms  used in the Note  Insurance  Policy  and not  otherwise
defined therein will have the respective  meanings set forth in the Indenture as
of the date of execution of the Note Insurance Policy,  without giving effect to
any subsequent  amendment or modification to the Indenture unless such amendment
or modification has been approved in writing by the Note Insurer.


                                      S-56
<PAGE>

     Any  notice  under the Note  Insurance  Policy or service of process on the
Fiscal Agent of the Note Insurer may be made at the address listed below for the
Fiscal Agent of the Note Insurer or such other address as the Note Insurer shall
specify in writing to the Indenture Trustee.

     The notice  address of the Fiscal  Agent is 61  Broadway,  15th Floor,  New
York, New York, 10006, Attention: Municipal Registrar and Paying Agency, or such
other  address as the Fiscal  Agent shall  specify to the  Indenture  Trustee in
writing.

     The Note Insurance  Policy is being issued under and pursuant to, and shall
be construed under, the laws of the State of New York,  without giving effect to
the conflict of laws principles thereof.

     The insurance  provided by the Note Insurance  Policy is not covered by the
Property/Casualty  Insurance  Security  Fund  specified in Article 76 of the New
York Insurance Law.

     The Note Insurance Policy is not cancelable for any reason.  The premium on
the Note Insurance Policy is not refundable for any reason including payment, or
provision being made for payment, prior to the maturity of the Class A Notes.

     The Note Insurer is the principal operating  subsidiary of MBIA Inc., a New
York Stock Exchange listed company.  MBIA Inc. is not obligated to pay the debts
of or claims  against the Note  Insurer.  The Note  Insurer is  domiciled in the
State of New York and  licensed to do  business in and is subject to  regulation
under the laws of all 50 states,  the District of Columbia,  the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico,  the  Commonwealth  of the  Northern  Mariana  Islands,  the Virgin
Islands of the United States and the Territory of Guam. The Note Insurer has two
European branches, one in the Republic of France and the other in the Kingdom of
Spain.  New York has laws  prescribing  minimum capital  requirements,  limiting
classes and  concentrations  of investments and requiring the approval of policy
rates and forms.  State laws also  regulate the amount of both the aggregate and
individual  risks that may be  insured,  the  payment of  dividends  by the Note
Insurer, changes in control and transactions among affiliates. Additionally, the
Note Insurer is required to maintain  contingency reserves on its liabilities in
certain amounts and for certain periods of time.

     The consolidated  financial  statements of the Note Insurer, a wholly owned
subsidiary  of MBIA Inc.,  and its  subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1996 and
December 31, 1995 and for the three years ended  December 31, 1996,  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, included in the Annual
Report on Form 10-K of MBIA,  Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the
consolidated  financial  statements of the Note Insurer and its subsidiaries for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 and for the periods  ending June 30, 1997 and
June 30, 1996 included in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of MBIA Inc. for the
period ending March 31, 1997,  are hereby  incorporated  by reference  into this
Prospectus  Supplement  and shall be deemed to be a part hereof.  Any  statement
contained in a document  incorporated  by reference  herein shall be modified or
superseded  for  purposes  of this  Prospectus  Supplement  to the extent that a
statement  contained  herein or in any other  subsequently  filed document which
also is incorporated by reference  herein modifies or supersedes such statement.
Any  statement  so  modified  or  superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus Supplement.

     All financial statements of the Note Insurer and its subsidiaries  included
in documents filed by MBIA Inc. pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  subsequent to the date of this
Prospectus  Supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of the Class
A Notes shall be deemed to be  incorporated  by reference  into this  Prospectus
Supplement  and to be a part  hereof  from the  respective  dates of filing such
documents.

     The tables below present selected financial information of the Note Insurer
determined in  accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices  prescribed or
permitted by insurance  regulatory  authorities  ("SAP") and generally  accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP"):


                                      S-57
<PAGE>

                                                       SAP
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    December 31,                 June 30,
                                      1996                         1997
                                    (Audited)                   (Unaudited)
                                    ----------------         ---------------
                                                  (In millions)

Admitted Assets                      $4,476                       $4,824
Liabilities                           3,009                        3,259
Capital and Surplus                   1,467                        1,565
                       

                                                      GAAP
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    December 31,                 June 30,
                                      1996                         1997
                                    (Audited)                   (Unaudited)
                                    ----------------         ---------------
                                                  (In millions)
Assets                               $5,066                      $5,408
Liabilities                           2,262                       2,412
Shareholder's Equity                  2,804                       2,996
  
     Copies of the  financial  statements  of the Note Insurer  incorporated  by
reference  herein  and  copies  of the  Note  Insurer's  1996  year-end  audited
financial  statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices
are available,  without charge,  from the Note Insurer.  The address of the Note
Insurer is 113 King Street,  Armonk, New York 10504. The telephone number of the
Note Insurer is (914) 273-4545.

     The Note  Insurer  does not accept any  responsibility  for the accuracy or
completeness of the Prospectus or this Prospectus  Supplement or any information
or disclosure  contained  therein or herein, or omitted therefrom or heretofrom,
other than with respect to the accuracy of the information  herein regarding the
Note  Insurance  Policy and Note  Insurer set forth under the heading  "The Note
Insurance Policy and the Note Insurer".

     Moody's  Investors  Service  ("Moody's") rates the claims paying ability of
the Note Insurer "Aaa."

     Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings  Services,   a  division  of  The  McGraw-Hill
Companies,  Inc.  ("S&P")  rates the claims  paying  ability of the Note Insurer
"AAA."

     Fitch Investors Service,  L.P. ("Fitch") rates the claims paying ability of
the Note Insurer "AAA."

     Each rating of the Note  Insurer  should be  evaluated  independently.  The
ratings  reflect  the  respective  rating  agency's  current  assessment  of the
creditworthiness  of the Note  Insurer  and its  ability  to pay  claims  on its
policies of insurance.  Any further  explanation as to the  significance  of the
above ratings may be obtained only from the applicable rating agency.

     The above ratings are not  recommendations to buy, sell or hold the Class A
Notes,  and such ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by
the rating  agencies.  Any downward  revision or  withdrawal of any of the above
ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Class A Notes. The
Note Insurer does not guaranty the market price of the Class A Notes nor does it
guaranty that the ratings on the Class A Notes will not be revised or withdrawn.


                                      S-58
<PAGE>

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following is a general discussion of the material  anticipated  federal
income  tax   considerations  to  investors  of  the  purchase,   ownership  and
disposition of the securities offered hereby. The discussion is based upon laws,
regulations,  rulings and decisions  now in effect,  all of which are subject to
change.  The  discussion  below does not  purport to deal with all  federal  tax
considerations  applicable to all categories of investors,  some of which may be
subject to special  rules.  Investors  should  consult their own tax advisors in
determining the federal,  state, local and any other tax consequences to them of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the securities.

Tax Characterization of the Trust

     Dewey  Ballantine,  tax  counsel to the Trust  ("Tax  Counsel"),  is of the
opinion  that,  assuming  compliance  with the terms of the Trust  Agreement and
related  documents,  the Trust will not be an  association  (or publicly  traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

     Treatment  of the Notes as  Indebtedness.  The  parties to the  transaction
agree,  and the  Noteholders  will agree by their purchase of Class A Notes,  to
treat the Class A Notes as debt for all  federal,  state  and local  income  tax
purposes.  There are no  regulations,  published  rulings or judicial  decisions
involving  the  characterization  for federal  income tax purposes of securities
with terms  substantially  the same as the Class A Notes.  In  general,  whether
instruments such as the Class A Notes constitute indebtedness for federal income
tax purposes is a question of fact, the  resolution of which is based  primarily
upon the economic  substance of the instruments and the transaction  pursuant to
which they are issued rather than merely upon the form of the transaction or the
manner in which the instruments are labeled.  The Internal  Revenue Service (the
"IRS") and the courts have set forth various factors to be taken into account in
determining,  for  federal  income tax  purposes,  whether or not an  instrument
constitutes  indebtedness  and whether a transfer of property is a sale  because
the  transferor  has  relinquished  substantial  incidents  of  ownership in the
property or whether such transfer is a borrowing secured by the property. On the
basis of its  analysis of such  factors as applied to the facts and its analysis
of the  economic  substance  of the  contemplated  transaction,  Tax  Counsel is
expected to conclude that,  for federal  income tax purposes,  the Class A Notes
will be treated as indebtedness of the Trust,  and not as an ownership  interest
in the  Receivables,  or an  equity  interest  in  the  Trust  or in a  separate
association taxable as a corporation or other taxable entity.

     If the Class A Notes are  characterized as  indebtedness,  interest paid or
accrued on a Class A Note will be treated as ordinary  income to the Noteholders
and principal  payments on a Class A Note will be treated as a return of capital
to the extent of the Noteholder's  basis in the Class A Note allocable  thereto.
An accrual method taxpayer will be required to include in income interest on the
Class A Notes  when  earned,  even if not paid,  unless it is  determined  to be
uncollectible.  The Trust will  report to  Noteholders  of record and the IRS in
respect of the interest paid and original discount, if any, accrued on the Class
A Notes to the extent required by law.

     Although,  as described  above,  it is the opinion of Tax Counsel that, for
federal income tax purposes,  the Class A Notes will be  characterized  as debt,
such opinion is not binding on the IRS and thus no  assurance  can be given that
such a characterization  will prevail. If the IRS successfully asserted that the
Class A Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, holders of
the Class A Notes would likely be treated as owning an interest in a partnership
and not an interest in an association (or publicly traded  partnership)  taxable
as a  corporation.  If the  Noteholders  were  treated  as owning  an  equitable
interest  in a  partnership,  the  partnership  itself  would not be  subject to
federal  income tax;  rather each partner would be taxed  individually  on their
respective   distributive  share  of  the  partnership's   income,  gain,  loss,
deductions  and credits.  The amount,  timing and  characterization  of items of
income and  deductions  for a Noteholder  would differ if the Notes were held to
constitute partnership interests, rather than indebtedness. Since the Trust will
treat the Class A Notes as  indebtedness  for federal  income tax purposes,  the
Servicer will not attempt to satisfy the tax reporting  requirements  that would
apply under this alternative  characterization  of the Class A Notes.  Investors
that are foreign persons are strongly  advised to consult their own tax advisors
in determining the federal,  state,  local and other tax consequences to them of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Class A Notes.


                                      S-59
<PAGE>

     Original Issue Discount.  It is anticipated that the Class A Notes will not
have any original issue discount ("OID") other than possibly OID of a de minimis
amount and that  accordingly  the  provisions  of sections 1271 through 1273 and
1275 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code"),  generally
will not apply to the Class A Notes.  OID will be considered de minimis if it is
less than 0.25% of the  principal  amount of a Note  multiplied  by its expected
weighted  average life. The prepayment  assumption  will be used for purposes of
computing OID, if any, for federal income tax purposes is 100% of the CPR.

     Market  Discount.  A subsequent  purchaser who buys a Class A Note for less
than its  principal  amount  may be subject to the  "market  discount"  rules of
Section 1276 through  1278 of the Code.  If a subsequent  purchaser of a Class A
Note disposes of such Class A Note (including  certain  nontaxable  dispositions
such as a gift),  or  receives a principal  payment,  any gain upon such sale or
other  disposition will be recognized,  or the amount of such principal  payment
will be  treated  as  ordinary  income to the  extent of any  "market  discount"
accrued for the period that such purchaser  holds the Class A Note.  Such holder
may  instead  elect to include  market  discount  in income as it  accrues  with
respect to all debt instruments acquired in the year of acquisition of the Class
A Notes and thereafter. Market discount generally will equal the excess, if any,
of the then current unpaid  principal  balance of the Note over the  purchaser's
basis in the Class A Note immediately after such purchaser acquired the Note. In
general,  market discount on a Class A Note will be treated as accruing over the
term of such Class A Note in the ratio of interest  for the current  period over
the sum of such  current  interest  and the  expected  amount  of all  remaining
interest  payments,  or at the  election of the holder,  under a constant  yield
method  (taking into  account the CPR).  At the request of a holder of a Class A
Note,  information  will be made available that will allow the holder to compute
the accrual of market discount under the first method described in the preceding
sentence.

     The  market  discount  rules  also  provide  that a holder  who  incurs  or
continues  indebtedness  to acquire a Class A Note at a market  discount  may be
required  to defer the  deduction  of all or a portion of the  interest  on such
indebtedness  until the  corresponding  amount of market discount is included in
income.

     Notwithstanding  the above rules, market discount on a Class A Note will be
considered to be zero if it is less than a de minimis amount,  which is 0.25% of
the remaining  principal balance of the Note multiplied by its expected weighted
average  remaining  life.  If OID or market  discount is de minimis,  the actual
amount of discount must be allocated to the remaining principal distributions on
the Class A Notes and,  when each such  distribution  is received,  capital gain
equal to the discount allocated to such distribution will be recognized.

     Market  Premium.  A subsequent  purchaser  who buys a Class A Note for more
than its principal  amount  generally  will be considered to have  purchased the
Class A Note at a  premium.  Such  holder may  amortize  such  premium,  using a
constant yield method,  over the remaining term of the Class A Note and,  except
as future regulations may otherwise provide, may apply such amortized amounts to
reduce the amount of interest  reportable with respect to such Class A Note over
the period from the  purchase  date to the date of maturity of the Class A Note.
Legislative   history  to  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1986  indicates  that  the
amortization  of  such  premium  on an  obligation  that  provides  for  partial
principal  payments  prior to  maturity  should be  governed  by the methods for
accrual of market  discount on such an obligation  (described  above).  Proposed
regulations  implementing  the  provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 provide
for the use of the  constant  yield  method to  determine  the  amortization  of
premiums.  Such proposed regulations will apply to bonds acquired on or after 60
days after the final regulations are published. A holder that elects to amortize
premium must reduce his tax basis in the related obligation by the amount of the
aggregate deductions (or interest offsets) allowable for amortizable premium. If
a debt  instrument  purchased  at a premium  is  redeemed  in full  prior to its
maturity,  a purchaser who has elected to amortize premium should be entitled to
a  deduction  for any  remaining  unamortized  premium  in the  taxable  year of
redemption.

     Sale or  Redemption  of Notes.  If a Class A Note is sold or  retired,  the
seller will recognize  gain or loss equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized on the sale and such Holder's  adjusted basis in the Class A Note. Such
adjusted basis  generally will equal the cost of the Class A Note to the seller,
increased by any original issue  discount  included in the seller's gross income
in respect of the Class A Note (and by any market  discount  which the  taxpayer
elected to include in income or was required to include in income),  and reduced
by payments other than payments of qualified  stated  interest in respect of the
Class A Note received by the seller and by any amortized premium.  Similarly,  a
holder who receives a payment other than a payment of qualified  stated interest
in  respect  of a Class A Note,  either  on the date on which  such  payment  is
scheduled  to be made or as a  prepayment,  will  recognize  gain  equal  to the
excess, if any, of the amount of the payment over his adjusted basis in the Note


                                      S-60
<PAGE>

allocable  thereto. A Noteholder who receives a final payment which is less than
his adjusted  basis in the Class A Note will  generally  recognize a loss in the
amount of the shortfall on the last day of his taxable year. Generally, any such
gain or loss  realized  by an  investor  who holds a Note as a  "capital  asset"
within the meaning of Code Section  1221 should be capital gain or loss,  except
as  described  above in  respect  of  market  discount  and  except  that a loss
attributable to accrued but unpaid interest may be an ordinary loss.

     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors. Interest payments (including OID) on
the Class A Notes made to a Noteholder  who is a nonresident  alien  individual,
foreign  corporation  or other  non-United  States  person (a "foreign  person")
generally will be "portfolio interest" which is not subject to United States tax
if such payments are not  effectively  connected  with the conduct of a trade or
business in the United States by such foreign  person and if the Trust (or other
person who would  otherwise be required to withhold  tax from such  payments) is
provided with an appropriate  statement  that the  beneficial  owner of the Note
identified on the statement is a foreign person.

     Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  of interest  and  principal as well as
distributions  of proceeds from the sale of the Class A Notes, may be subject to
the "backup  withholding  tax" under  Section 3406 of the Code at rate of 31% if
recipients  of  such   distributions  fail  to  furnish  to  the  payer  certain
information,  including their taxpayer identification numbers, or otherwise fail
to establish an exemption from such tax. Any amounts  deducted and withheld from
a  distribution  to a  recipient  would  be  allowed  as a credit  against  such
recipient's federal income tax. Furthermore, certain penalties may be imposed by
the IRS on a recipient of distributions  that is required to supply  information
but that does not do so in the proper manner.

                       STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     Potential  Noteholders  should  consider  the state and  local  income  tax
consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and  disposition of the Class A Notes.
State and local income tax laws may differ  substantially from the corresponding
federal law, and this  discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the
income  tax laws of any  state or  locality.  Therefore,  potential  Noteholders
should  consult  their own tax advisors  with  respect to the various  state and
local tax consequences of an investment in the Class A Notes.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section  406 of ERISA and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit  a  pension,
profit  sharing,  or other  employee  benefit  plan  from  engaging  in  certain
transactions involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest"
under ERISA or  "disqualified  persons" under the Code with respect to the plan.
ERISA also  imposes  certain  duties on  persons  who are  fiduciaries  of plans
subject to ERISA and prohibits certain  transactions  between a plan and parties
in interest  with respect to such plans.  Under ERISA,  any person who exercises
any authority or control  respecting the management or disposition of the assets
of a plan is  considered  to be a  fiduciary  of such plan  (subject  to certain
exceptions not here  relevant).  A violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"
rules may generate excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for
such persons.

     In addition to the matters  described  below,  purchasers  of Class A Notes
that are insurance  companies  should consult with their counsel with respect to
the United States Supreme Court case  interpreting the fiduciary  responsibility
rules of ERISA,  John  Hancock  Mutual Life  Insurance  Co. v. Harris  Trust and
Savings Bank,  114 S.Ct.  517 (1993).  In John Hancock,  the Supreme Court ruled
that assets held in an insurance  company's  general account may be deemed to be
"plan  assets"  for ERISA  purposes  under  certain  circumstances.  Prospective
purchasers  should determine  whether the decision affects their ability to make
purchases of the Class A Notes.

     Certain  transactions  involving  the Trust  might be deemed to  constitute
prohibited  transactions  under  ERISA and the Code if assets of the Trust  were
deemed to be "plan  assets" of an employee  benefit plan subject to ERISA or the
Code,  or an  individual  retirement  account  (an "IRA"),  or any entity  whose
underlying  assets are deemed to be assets of an employee benefit plan or an IRA
by reason of such  employee  benefit  plan's or such  IRA's  investment  in such
entity (each a "Benefit Plan").  Under a regulation  issued by the United States
Department  of Labor (the  "Plan  Assets  Regulation"),  the assets of the Trust
would be treated as plan assets of a Benefit  Plan for the purposes of ERISA and
the Code only if the Benefit Plan acquires an "equity interest" in the Trust and
none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Assets Regulation is applicable. An
equity interest is defined under the Plan 


                                      S-61
<PAGE>

Assets  Regulation as an interest  other than an instrument  which is treated as
indebtedness  under  applicable  local law and which has no  substantial  equity
features.   The  Class  A  Notes  should  be  treated  as  indebtedness  without
substantial  equity  features for purposes of the Plan Assets  Regulation.  This
determination is based in part upon the traditional debt features of the Class A
Notes,  including the reasonable expectation of purchasers of Class A Notes that
the Class A Notes will be repaid when due, as well as the absence of  conversion
rights,  warrants and other typical equity  features.  The debt treatment of the
Class A Notes for ERISA  purposes  could  change if the Trust  incurred  losses.
However,  without  regard to whether  the Class A Notes are treated as an equity
interest for such purposes, the acquisition or holding of Class A Notes by or on
behalf of a  Benefit  Plan  could be  considered  to give  rise to a  prohibited
transaction  if the Trust or any of its  affiliates  is or  becomes,  a party in
interest or disqualified person with respect to such Benefit Plan. In such case,
certain  exemptions  from the prohibited  transaction  rules could be applicable
depending  on the  type  and  circumstances  of the plan  fiduciary  making  the
decision  to  acquire  a Class A Note.  Included  among  these  exemptions  are:
Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, regarding  investments by
insurance company pooled separate accounts; PTCE 95-60, regarding investments by
insurance  company  general  accounts;  PTCE 96-23,  regarding  transactions  by
in-house asset managers;  and PTCE 84-14,  regarding  transactions by "qualified
professional  assets managers." Each investor using the assets of a Benefit Plan
which acquires the Class A Notes, or to whom the Class A Notes are  transferred,
will be deemed to have represented that the acquisition and continued holding of
the Class A Notes will be covered by a Department of Labor class exemption.

     Employee  plans that are  government  plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of
ERISA) and certain  church plans (as defined in Section 3(53) of ERISA,  are not
subject to ERISA;  however,  such plans may be subject to  comparable  state law
restrictions.

     Any  Benefit  Plan  fiduciary  considering  the  purchase of a Class A Note
should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential  applicability  of
ERISA and the Code to such  investment.  Moreover,  each Benefit Plan  fiduciary
should determine  whether,  under the general fiduciary  standards of investment
prudence and diversification,  an investment in the Class A Notes is appropriate
for the Benefit Plan,  taking into account the overall  investment policy of the
Benefit Plan and the composition of the Benefit Plan's investment portfolio.

                                     RATINGS

     As a condition to the issuance of the Class A Notes, the Class A Notes must
be rated at least "AAA" by S&P and "Aaa" by Moody's.  A security rating is not a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or
withdrawal at any time. The ratings  assigned to the Class A Notes addresses the
likelihood of the receipt by Class A Noteholders of all  distributions  to which
such Class A Noteholders are entitled.  The rating assigned to the Class A Notes
does not represent any assessment of the likelihood  that principal  prepayments
might differ from those  originally  anticipated or address the possibility that
Class A Noteholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield.

                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting  agreement
(the  "Underwriting  Agreement")  for the sale of the Class A Notes dated August
__,  1997,  the  Depositor  has  agreed  to  sell  and   Prudential   Securities
Incorporated ("Prudential") and First Union Capital Markets Corp. ("First Union"
together with Prudential, the "Underwriters") have agreed to purchase, the Class
A Notes. The Depositor is affiliated with Prudential.  In addition,  First Union
Corporation,  the parent  corporation of First Union, owns approximately 3.3% of
the outstanding common stock of First Sierra.

     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions  therein,  to purchase all the Class A Notes offered hereby
if any of such Class A Notes are purchased.

     The  Underwriters  have advised the Depositor that it proposes to offer the
Class A Notes purchased by the Underwriters for sale from time to time in one or
more negotiated  transactions or otherwise,  at market prices  prevailing at the
time of sale, at prices  related to such market prices or at negotiated  prices.
The Underwriters  may effect such  transactions by selling such Class A Notes to
or through a dealer,  and such  dealer may receive  


                                      S-62
<PAGE>

compensation in the form of underwriting  discounts,  concessions or commissions
from the  Underwriters  or purchasers of the Class A Notes for whom they may act
as agent. Any dealers that participate with the Underwriters in the distribution
of the  Class  A  Notes  purchased  by the  Underwriters  may  be  deemed  to be
underwriters,  and  any  discounts  or  commissions  received  by  them  or  the
Underwriters,  and any  profit  on the  resale  of  Class A Notes by them or the
Underwriters may be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

     For further  information  regarding  any offer or sale of the Class A Notes
pursuant to this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  Prospectus,  see  "Methods of
Distribution" in the Prospectus.

     The Transaction Documents and the Underwriting  Agreement provides that the
Servicer and Depositor will  indemnify the  Underwriters  against  certain civil
liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities Act, or contribute to
payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

                                REPORT OF EXPERTS

     The  consolidated  financial  statements of MBIA Insurance  Corporation and
subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1996 and  December  31, 1995 and for the three
years ended December 31, 1996  incorporated  by reference  into this  Prospectus
Supplement  have  been  audited  by  Coopers  &  Lybrand,  L.L.P.   ("Coopers"),
independent  accountants,  as  set  forth  in  their  report  thereon,  and  are
incorporated by reference  herein in reliance upon the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain  legal  matters  relating to the Notes will be passed upon by Dewey
Ballantine,  New York,  New York.  Certain  Federal  income tax matters  will be
passed upon for the Trust by Dewey Ballantine, New York, New York. Certain legal
matters relating to the Note Insurer will be passed upon for the Note Insurer by
Kutak Rock, Omaha, Nebraska.


                                      S-63
<PAGE>

                        INDEX OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Advance Payment ..............................................................40
Advance Payments .............................................................36
Aggregate Discounted Contract Principal Balance ...........................6, 19
Aggregate Initial Note Principal Balance .....................................40
Available Distribution Amount.................................................40
Available Funds...............................................................40
Available Funds Shortfall.................................................13, 40
Back-up Servicer...............................................................3
Back-up Servicer Fee..........................................................14
Back-up Servicing Fee Rate....................................................14
Bankers Trust Company..........................................................3
Base Principal Amount.........................................................40
Business Day..................................................................56
Cede...........................................................................2
Certificate of Incorporation..................................................26
Class A Base Principal Distribution Amount ...............................12, 40
Class A Insured Distribution Amount ..........................................40
Class A Maturity Date.........................................................40
Class A Note Current Interest.................................................40
Class A Note Factor...........................................................47
Class A Note Interest.........................................................41
Class A Note Principal Balance................................................41
Class A Note Rate..............................................................5
Class A Noteholders............................................................1
Class A Noteholders............................................................4
Class A Notes...........................................................1, 4, 31
Class A Overdue Interest......................................................41
Class A Overdue Principal.................................................13, 41
Class A Percentage.........................................................4, 31
Class B Noteholders............................................................4
Class B Notes..............................................................4, 34
Class B-1 Base Principal Distribution Amount .................................41
Class B-1 Maturity Date.......................................................41
Class B-1 Note Current Interest...............................................41
Class B-1 Note Factor.........................................................47
Class B-1 Note Interest.......................................................41
Class B-1 Note Principal Balance..............................................41
Class B-1 Note Rate............................................................5
Class B-1 Noteholders..........................................................4
Class B-1 Notes............................................................4, 34
Class B-1 Overdue Interest....................................................41
Class B-1 Overdue Principal...............................................13, 41
Class B-1 Percentage..........................................................12
Class B-1 Termination Date....................................................41
Class B-2 Base Principal Distribution Amount .............................12, 41
Class B-2 Maturity Date.......................................................41
Class B-2 Note Current Interest...............................................42
Class B-2 Note Factor.........................................................47
Class B-2 Note Interest.......................................................42
Class B-2 Note Principal Balance..............................................42
Class B-2 Note Rate............................................................5
Class B-2 Noteholders..........................................................4
Class B-2 Notes............................................................4, 34
Class B-2 Overdue Interest....................................................42
Class B-2 Overdue Principal...............................................13, 42
Class B-2 Percentage..........................................................12
Class B-2 Termination Date....................................................42
Class B-3 Base Principal Distribution Amount .............................12, 42
Class B-3 Maturity Date.......................................................42
Class B-3 Note Current Interest...............................................42
Class B-3 Note Factor.........................................................47
Class B-3 Note Interest.......................................................42
Class B-3 Note Principal Balance..............................................42
Class B-3 Note Rate............................................................5
Class B-3 Noteholders..........................................................4
Class B-3 Notes............................................................4, 34
Class B-3 Overdue Interest....................................................42
Class B-3 Overdue Principal...............................................13, 42
Class B-3 Percentage..........................................................12
Class B-3 Termination Date....................................................42
Closing Date...................................................................3
Collection Account.............................................................7
Collection Period..............................................................3
Commission.....................................................................2
Conditional Prepayment Rate...................................................53
Contract Files................................................................31
Contracts...................................................................1, 4
CPR...........................................................................53
Cut-Off Date...................................................................3
Defaulted Contract........................................................12, 43
Defaulted Contract Recoveries.................................................43
Deficiency Amount.............................................................56
Delinquency Trigger Event.....................................................43
Delinquency Trigger Ratio.....................................................43
Delinquent Contract...........................................................43
Depositor................................................................1, 2, 3
Depositor Transfer Agreement...................................................2
Determination Date............................................................43
Discount Rate..............................................................5, 19
Discounted Contract Principal Balance .................................6, 19, 43
DTC............................................................................2
Early Termination Contract....................................................44
Equipment...................................................................1, 4
ERISA.........................................................................17
Event of Servicing Termination................................................49
Events of Default.............................................................50
Exchange Act...................................................................2
Excluded Amounts..............................................................44
Expected Final Payment Date....................................................1
Expired Contract..............................................................44
Final Scheduled Payment.......................................................44
First Sierra...................................................................2
First Union...................................................................62
Fiscal Agent..................................................................56
Fitch.........................................................................58
Flow of Funds.................................................................13
GAAP..........................................................................57
Gross Charge-Off Event........................................................44
Gross Charge-Off Ratio........................................................44
Indenture......................................................................1
Indenture Trustee...........................................................1, 3
Indenture Trustee Expenses....................................................52
Indenture Trustee Fee.........................................................52
Independent Director..........................................................26
Initial Class A Note Principal Balance ................................4, 31, 44
Initial Class B-1 Note Principal Balance .....................................44
Initial Class B-2 Note Principal Balance .....................................44
Initial Class B-3 Note Principal Balance .....................................44
Initial Unpaid Amount.........................................................44
Insurance Agreement............................................................5
Insurance Policies............................................................31
Insured Payment...............................................................56
Interest Accrual Period.......................................................44


                                      S-64
<PAGE>

IRS...........................................................................59
Lockbox Account................................................................7
Lockbox Bank..................................................................36
Majority Holders..............................................................44
Modeling Assumptions..........................................................53
Moody's...................................................................17, 58
Note Insurance Policy......................................................1, 13
Noteholders....................................................................4
Notes..........................................................................4
Notice........................................................................56
Obligor........................................................................6
Originator.....................................................................2
Owner.........................................................................56
Owner Trustee...............................................................1, 3
Payment Date................................................................1, 4
Percentage Interest...........................................................44
Pool Factor...................................................................47
Preference Amount.............................................................56
Premium Amount................................................................45
Premium Rate...................................................................5
Prepayment....................................................................45
Prepayment Amount.............................................................45
Principal Payment Percentage..................................................12
Private Label.................................................................27
Prospectus.....................................................................2
Prudential....................................................................62
Purchase Option Payment.......................................................45
Rating Agency.................................................................17
Receivables.................................................................1, 4
Receivables Transfer Agreements................................................2
Record Date....................................................................4
Reimbursement Amount..........................................................45
Repurchase Amount.........................................................20, 45
Residual Holder................................................................4
Residual Receipts.............................................................45
Restricting Event.............................................................45
S&P.......................................................................17, 58
Scheduled Payments.....................................................6, 19, 45
Securities.................................................................4, 34
Securities Act................................................................63
Servicer................................................................2, 3, 29
Servicer Advance..........................................................15, 36
Servicer Fee..................................................................13
Servicer's Certificate........................................................37
Servicing Agreement............................................................2
Servicing Charges.............................................................13
Servicing Standard............................................................21
Source.........................................................................5
Source Agreement...............................................................5
Statistic Calculation Date.....................................................3
Statistical Discount Rate..................................................5, 19
Statistical Discounted Contract Principal Balance.................... .....5, 19
Subordinate Securities.....................................................4, 34
Substitute Contract...........................................................20
Substitute Contract Cut-Off Date..............................................46
Tax Counsel...................................................................59
Transaction Documents..........................................................6
Transfer Agreements............................................................2
Transfer Date.................................................................34
Transferor...........................................................1, 2, 3, 26
Trust.......................................................................1, 3
Trust Agreement................................................................1
Trust Assets...................................................................4
Trust Certificate..........................................................4, 34
Trust Certificate Principal Balance ..........................................46
Trust Operating Expenses......................................................46
UCC...........................................................................16
Underwriters..................................................................62
Underwriting Agreement........................................................62
<PAGE>                                                               

PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Equipment Lease Backed Securities Issuable in Series

                     PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING
                                  CORPORATION,
                                    Depositor

     This  Prospectus  describes  certain  Equipment  Lease  Backed  Notes  (the
"Notes")  and  Equipment  Lease Backed  Certificates  (the  "Certificates"  and,
together with the Notes, the "Securities") that may be sold from time to time in
one or more series,  in amounts,  at prices and on terms to be determined at the
time of sale and to be set forth in a supplement  to this  Prospectus  (each,  a
"Prospectus  Supplement").  Each  series of  Securities  may include one or more
classes of Notes and one or more classes of  Certificates,  which will be issued
either by the Depositor, a Transferor (as hereinafter defined), or by a trust to
be formed by the Depositor for the purpose of issuing one or more series of such
Securities  (each,  a "Trust").  The  Depositor,  a  Transferor  or a Trust,  as
appropriate,  issuing Securities as described in this Prospectus and the related
Prospectus Supplement shall be referred to herein as the "Issuer."

     Each class of Securities of any series will evidence  beneficial  ownership
in a segregated pool of assets.

     Trust Fund  (such  Securities,  "Notes"),  as  described  herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Each Trust Fund may consist of any combination of
operating leases, finance leases,  installment sale contracts, loan contracts or
participation  interests  therein,  together with all monies  received  relating
thereto  (the  "Contracts").  Each Trust Fund may also  include  the  underlying
equipment and property relating thereto, together with the proceeds thereof (the
"Equipment"  together  with the  Contracts,  the  "Receivables").  If and to the
extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  credit enhancement with
respect to a Trust Fund or any class of  Securities  may include any one or more
of the following:  a financial  guaranty insurance policy (a "Policy") issued by
an insurer specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a reserve account,
letters of credit, credit or liquidity facilities, third party payments or other
support,  cash deposits or other arrangements.  In addition to or in lieu of the
foregoing,  credit  enhancement  may be  provided  by  means  of  subordination,
cross-support among the Receivables or over-collateralization.  See "Description
of the Trust Agreement -- Credit and Cash Flow  Enhancement." The Receivables in
the Trust Fund for a series will have been acquired by the Depositor from one or
more  affiliates  of the  Depositor  or from  one or  more  entities  which  are
unaffiliated  with the Depositor (any such affiliate or unaffiliated  entity, an
"Originator").  Each Originator will be an entity, including Vendors,  generally
in the business of  originating  or acquiring  Receivables.  The Depositor  will
acquire the Receivables  from the related  Originator(s) on or prior to the date
of issuance of the related  Securities,  as described  herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The Receivables included in a Trust Fund will be serviced
by a servicer (the "Servicer") described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Each  series of  Securities  will  include  one or more  classes  (each,  a
"Class").  A series may include one or more  Classes of  Securities  entitled to
principal   distributions,   with  disproportionate,   nominal  or  no  interest
distributions, or to interest distributions,  with disproportionate,  nominal or
no principal  distributions.  The rights of one or more Classes of Securities of
any  series  may be senior or  subordinate  to the  rights of one or more of the
other  Classes  of  Securities.  A series  may  include  two or more  Classes of
Securities which differ as to the timing, sequential order, priority of payment,
interest  rate or amount of  distributions  of  principal  or  interest or both.
Information  regarding  each  Class of  Securities  of a series,  together  with
certain  characteristics  of the related  Receivables,  will be set forth in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The rate of payment in respect of principal of
the  Securities  of any Class will  depend on the  priority of payment of such a
Class and the rate and  timing of  payments  (including  prepayments,  defaults,
liquidations or repurchases of Receivables) on the related  Receivables.  A rate
of payment lower or higher than that anticipated may affect the weighted average
life of each  Class of  Securities  in the  manner  described  herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of the Securities."

     PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "SPECIAL
CONSIDERATIONS" HEREIN AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

     THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER ONLY AND DO
NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS OF THE DEPOSITOR, ANY SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR OR ANY OF
THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  THE  CERTIFICATES  OF A GIVEN  SERIES  REPRESENT
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE RELATED TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN
OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR, ANY TRANSFEROR, ANY SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR OR
ANY OF THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR THE UNDERLYING
RECEIVABLES  WILL  BE  GUARANTEED  OR  INSURED  BY ANY  GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY  OR
INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY THE DEPOSITOR,  ANY SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR,  ANY TRUSTEE
OR ANY OF THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES,  EXCEPT  AS SET  FORTH  IN THE  RELATED
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. SEE ALSO "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED UPON
THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Offers of the Securities may be made through one or more different methods,
including  offerings through  underwriters as more fully described under "Method
of  Distribution"  herein and in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Prior to
issuance,  there will have been no market for the Securities of any series,  and
there can be no  assurance  that a  secondary  market  for the  Securities  will
develop, or if it does develop, it will continue.

     Retain this  Prospectus for future  reference.  This  Prospectus may not be
used to  consummate  sales of  Securities  unless  accompanied  by a  Prospectus
Supplement.

                 The date of this Prospectus is December 2, 1994.


<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

     The Prospectus  Supplement relating to a series of Securities to be offered
hereunder,  among other  things,  will set forth with  respect to such series of
Securities:  (i) a description of the Class or Classes of such Securities,  (ii)
the  rate of  interest,  the  "Pass-Through  Rate" or  "Interest  Rate" or other
applicable  rate  (or the  manner  of  determining  such  rate)  and  authorized
denominations  of such  Class  of such  Securities;  (iii)  certain  information
concerning the  Receivables  and insurance  polices,  cash accounts,  letters of
credit,  financial guaranty insurance policies,  third party guarantees or other
forms  of  credit  enhancement,  if  any,  relating  to one  or  more  pools  of
Receivables  or all or  part  of the  related  Securities;  (iv)  the  specified
interest,  if any, of each Class of  Securities  in, and manner and priority of,
the  distributions  from the Trust Fund;  (v)  information  as to the nature and
extent of subordination with respect to such series of Securities,  if any; (vi)
the payment date to Securityholders; (vii) information regarding the Servicer(s)
for the related Receivables;  (viii) information regarding the Originator(s) for
the  related  Receivables  and  the  underwriting  guidelines  employed  by such
Originator(s) with respect to such Receivables, (ix) the circumstances,  if any,
under which each Trust Fund may be subject to early termination; (x) information
regarding tax  considerations;  and (xi) additional  information with respect to
the method of distribution of such Securities.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Depositor has filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  a  Registration  Statement  (together  with  all  amendments  and
exhibits thereto,  referred to herein as the "Registration Statement") under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  with respect to the
Securities  offered  pursuant  to  this  Prospectus.  For  further  information,
reference  is made to the  Registration  Statement  which may be  inspected  and
copied at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the Commission at 450
Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549; and at the Commission's  regional
offices at 500 West Madison, 14th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World
Trade Center,  13th Floor, New York, New York 10048.  Copies of the Registration
Statement may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.

     No  person  has  been  authorized  to give any  information  or to make any
representation  other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto and,  if given or made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon.  This  Prospectus  and any  Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto  do not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Securities offered
hereby and thereby, nor an offer of the Securities to any person in any state or
other  jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful.  The delivery of this
Prospectus at any time does not imply that  information  herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to its date.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All  documents  subsequently  filed by the  Depositor  with  respect to the
Registration  Statement,  either  on its own  behalf  or on  behalf  of a Trust,
relating to any series of Securities referred to in the accompanying  Prospectus
Supplement, with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the
date of this  Prospectus  and prior to the  termination  of any  offering of the
Securities issued by the Issuer, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference
in this  Prospectus  and to be a part of this  Prospectus  from  the date of the
filing of such  documents.  Any  statement  contained  herein  or in a  document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded  for purposes of this  Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein (or in the accompanying  Prospectus Supplement) or in
any  other  subsequently  filed  document  which  also  is  or is  deemed  to be
incorporated by reference herein, modifies or replaces such statement.  Any such
statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

     Periodic and annual  reports  concerning any Security and the related Trust
Fund will be provided to the Securityholders. See "Description of the Securities
- -- Reports to  Securityholders."  If the Securities of a series are to be issued
in  book-entry  form,  such  reports will be provided to the  Securityholder  of
record  and  beneficial  owners  of  such  Securities  will  have to rely on the
procedures  described  herein  under  "Description  of  Securities  - Book-Entry
Registration."

     The  Depositor  will  provide  without  charge to each  person to whom this
Prospectus is delivered,  on the written or oral request of such person,  a copy
of any or all of the  documents  referred  to  above  that  have  been or may be
incorporated  by reference in this  Prospectus  (not  including  exhibits to the
information   that  is  incorporated  by  reference  unless  such  exhibits  are
specifically incorporated by reference into the information that this Prospectus
incorporates).  Such  requests  should be  directed  to:  Prudential  Securities
Secured  Financing  Corporation,  130 John  Street,  New York,  New York  10038,
Attention: Timothy Mas.


                                       3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

     The  following  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to the
detailed information  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the  information  with respect to the Securities of any series  contained in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection  with
the offering of such Securities.  Certain  capitalized terms used in the summary
are defined  elsewhere in the Prospectus on the pages indicated in the "Index of
Terms."

Issuer.......................  With respect to each series of Securities, either
                               the   Depositor,   a   special-purpose    finance
                               subsidiary   of  the   Depositor   which  may  be
                               organized and  established  by the Depositor with
                               respect  to one or more  Trust  Funds  (each such
                               special-purpose     finance     subsidiary,     a
                               "Transferor")  or a trust (each, a "Trust") to be
                               formed by the  Depositor.  For  purposes  of this
                               Prospectus,  the term  "Depositor"  includes  the
                               term "Transferor". The Depositor, a Transferor or
                               a  Trust  issuing  Securities  pursuant  to  this
                               Prospectus and the related Prospectus  Supplement
                               shall be referred to herein as the "Issuer"  with
                               respect  to  the  related  Securities.  See  "The
                               Issuer."

Depositor....................  Prudential     Securities    Secured    Financing
                               Corporation,   formerly   known  as  P-B  Secured
                               Financing   Corporation  (the   "Depositor"),   a
                               Delaware  corporation,   a  wholly-owned  limited
                               purpose   finance    subsidiary   of   Prudential
                               Securities  Group Inc. The Depositor's  principal
                               executive offices are located at 130 John Street,
                               New  York,  New  York  10038,  and its  telephone
                               number is (212) 214-7435. See "The Depositor."

Servicer.....................  The   Servicer   for  each  Trust  Fund  will  be
                               specified    in   the    applicable    Prospectus
                               Supplement.   The   Servicer   will  service  the
                               Receivables   comprising   each  Trust  Fund  and
                               administer   each  Trust  Fund  pursuant  to  the
                               related  Servicing  Agreement.  The  Servicer may
                               subcontract all or any portion of its obligations
                               as Servicer  under each  Servicing  Agreement  to
                               qualified  subservicers  (each, a "Sub-Servicer")
                               but the Servicer will not be relieved  thereby of
                               its   liability   with   respect   thereto.   See
                               "Servicing of the Receivables."

Originator(s)................  The Depositor will acquire the  Receivables  from
                               one or more  affiliates  of the Depositor or from
                               one or more entities which are unaffiliated  with
                               the Depositor (any such affiliate or unaffiliated
                               entity, an "Originator"). The Receivables will be
                               either (i) originated by the related  Originator,
                               (ii)  originated  by  various   manufacturers  of
                               Equipment ("Vendors") and acquired by the related
                               Originator  or  (iii)  acquired  by  the  related
                               Originator  from other  originators  or owners of
                               Receivables.  In addition, to the extent that the
                               Depositor  acquires  Receivables  directly from a
                               Vendor,  such Vendor will be the  Originator  for
                               purposes  of the  related  Receivables  and  this
                               Prospectus.   See   "The   Originator   and   the
                               Servicer".

Trustee......................  The Trustee for each series of Securities will be
                               specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.
                               In addition, a Trust may separately enter into an
                               Indenture  and may issue  Notes  pursuant to such
                               Indenture;  in any such  case the  Trust  and the
                               Indenture  will  be   administered  by  separate,
                               independent trustees as required by the rules and
                               regulations under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
                               and the 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Investment Company Act of 1940.

The Securities ..............  Each  Class  of  Securities  of any  series  will
                               evidence  beneficial  ownership  in a  segregated
                               pool of  assets  (each,  a  "Trust  Fund")  (such
                               Securities,  "Certificates")  or  will  represent
                               indebtedness  of the Issuer  secured by the Trust
                               Fund (such  Securities,  "Notes"),  as  described
                               herein and in the related Prospectus  Supplement.
                               Each Trust Fund may consist of any combination of
                               operating  leases,  finance  leases,  installment
                               sale contracts,  loan contracts or  participation
                               interests  therein,   together  with  all  monies
                               received relating thereto (the "Contracts"). Each
                               Trust  Fund  also  may  include  the   underlying
                               equipment and property relating thereto, together
                               with the proceeds  thereof (the  "Equipment"  and
                               together with the Contracts, the "Receivables").

                               The Equipment underlying the Receivables included
                               in each Trust  Fund will be  limited to  personal
                               property  which  is  leased  or  financed  by the
                               related  Originator  to the  Lessee  pursuant  to
                               Contracts  which either are  "chattel  paper" (as
                               defined in the Uniform  Commercial Code) or would
                               be   "chattel   paper"   but   for  a   technical
                               definitional  matter,  but in any  event  are not
                               treated  materially   differently  from  "chattel
                               paper" for purposes of title  transfer,  security
                               interests or remedies on default.  The  Equipment
                               will be  further  limited  to  personal  property
                               which  is  subject  to  Uniform  Commercial  Code
                               provisions  relating to title transfer,  security
                               interests  and  remedies  on default  and further
                               limited to Equipment leased to the related Lessee
                               for use by such Lessee in the ordinary  course of
                               business   or  for  home  use  such  as   medical
                               equipment,  restaurant equipment,  film and video
                               production   equipment,   other   industrial  and
                               production equipment,  data processing equipment,
                               telecommunications  equipment,  office  equipment
                               and furniture.

                               No  Trust  Fund  will  include  Receivables  with
                               respect  to which  the  related  Contract  or the
                               related  Equipment is subject to federal or state
                               registration  or titling  requirements  which (x)
                               differ  materially  from,  or supplant,  standard
                               Uniform Commercial Code provisions  governing the
                               manner in which  title or security  interests  in
                               "chattel   paper"  (as  defined  in  the  Uniform
                               Commercial  Code)  or the  related  equipment  is
                               determined or perfected or (y) differ  materially
                               from, or supplant,  standard  Uniform  Commercial
                               Code provisions governing remedies on default. By
                               way of  illustration  of the foregoing,  no Trust
                               Fund will  include  Receivables  with  respect to
                               which  the  underlying   Contracts  or  Equipment
                               relate  to  motor  vehicles,  aircraft,  ships or
                               boats,   firearms  or  other  weapons,   railroad
                               rolling  stock or  facilities  such as factories,
                               warehouses  or  plants   subject  to  state  laws
                               governing  the manner in which  title or security
                               interest  in  real   property  is  determined  or
                               perfected. However, the Receivables may generally
                               include  Contracts  and  Equipment   relating  to
                               individual, discrete components of assets such as
                               the foregoing;  for example a leased  computer on
                               the ship may qualify as "Equipment"  which may be
                               included in a Trust Fund,  provided that both the
                               lease and the computer are  generally  within the
                               scope of the Uniform Commercial Code.

                               If and to the  extent  specified  in the  related
                               Prospectus  Supplement,  credit  enhancement with
                               respect   to  a  Trust   Fund  or  any  class  of
                               Securities  may  include  any  one or more of the
                               following:  a financial guaranty insurance policy
                               (a  "Policy")  issued by an insurer  specified in
                               the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a  reserve
                               account,  letters of 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               credit,  credit or  liquidity  facilities,  third
                               party payments or other support, cash deposits or
                               other arrangements.  In addition to or in lieu of
                               the foregoing, credit enhancement may be provided
                               by means of  subordination,  cross-support  among
                               the  Receivables or  over-collateralization.  The
                               Depositor will acquire the  Receivables  from the
                               related  Originator(s) on or prior to the date of
                               issuance of the related Securities,  as described
                               herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                               With  respect  to  Securities  issued by a Trust,
                               each Trust  will be  established  pursuant  to an
                               agreement  (each,  a "Pooling  Agreement") by and
                               between  the  Depositor  and  the  Trustee  named
                               therein. Each Pooling Agreement will describe the
                               related pool of Receivables held by the Trust.

                               With respect to Securities  that  represent  debt
                               issued by the Issuer,  the Issuer will enter into
                               an  indenture   (each,  an  "Indenture")  by  and
                               between the Issuer and the trustee  named on such
                               Indenture   (the   "Indenture   Trustee").   Each
                               Indenture  will  describe  the  related  pool  of
                               Receivables   comprising   the  Trust   Fund  and
                               securing the debt issued by the related Issuer.

                               The  Receivables  comprising each Trust Fund will
                               be  serviced  by  the  Servicer   pursuant  to  a
                               servicing    agreement    (each,   a   "Servicing
                               Agreement")  by and between the  Servicer and the
                               related Issuer.

                               In the case of any  individual  Trust  Fund,  the
                               contractual    arrangements   relating   to   the
                               establishment  of a Trust,  if any, the servicing
                               of the related  Receivables  and the  issuance of
                               the  related  Securities  may be  contained  in a
                               single agreement,  or in several agreements which
                               combine certain aspects of the Pooling Agreement,
                               the   Servicing   Agreement   and  the  Indenture
                               described  above  (for  example,  a  pooling  and
                               servicing   agreement,   or   a   servicing   and
                               collateral management agreement). For purposes of
                               this  Prospectus,  the term "Trust  Agreement" as
                               used  with   respect  to  a  Trust  Fund   means,
                               collectively,  and except as otherwise  described
                               in the related Prospectus Supplement, any and all
                               agreements  relating  to the  establishment  of a
                               Trust,  if  any,  the  servicing  of the  related
                               Receivables  and  the  issuance  of  the  related
                               Securities.  The term "Trustee" means any and all
                               persons  acting as a trustee  pursuant to a Trust
                               Agreement.

                            SECURITIES WILL BE NON-RECOURSE.

                               The Securities  will not be  obligations,  either
                               recourse  or  non-recourse  (except  for  certain
                               non-recourse  debt  described  under "Certain Tax
                               Considerations"),  of the Depositor,  the related
                               Servicer, the related Originator(s) or any person
                               other  than the  related  Issuer.  The Notes of a
                               given series represent obligations of the Issuer,
                               and the  Certificates of a given series represent
                               beneficial  interests  in the related  Trust only
                               and do not represent  interests in or obligations
                               of  the  Depositor,  the  related  Servicer,  the
                               related  Originator(s) or any of their respective
                               affiliates  other than the related Trust.  In the
                               case  of  Securities  that  represent  beneficial
                               ownership  interest  in the related  Trust,  such
                               Securities    will   represent   the   beneficial
                               ownership  interests  in such  Trust and the sole
                               source  of  payment  will be the  assets  of such
                               Trust.  In the case of Securities  that represent
                               debt   issued  by  the   related   Issuer,   such
                               Securities  will  be  secured  by  assets  in the
                               related   Trust   Fund.    Notwithstanding    the
                               foregoing,  and as to be described in the 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               related Prospectus  Supplement,  certain types of
                               credit  enhancement,  such as a letter of credit,
                               financial  guaranty  insurance  policy or reserve
                               fund may constitute a full recourse obligation of
                               the issuer of such credit enhancement.

                           GENERAL NATURE OF THE SECURITIES AS INVESTMENTS.

                               All of the  Securities  offered  pursuant to this
                               Prospectus and the related Prospectus  Supplement
                               will be rated in one of the four  highest  rating
                               categories  by one or more  Rating  Agencies  (as
                               defined herein).

                               Additionally,   all  of  the  Securities  offered
                               pursuant  to  this  Prospectus  and  the  related
                               Prospectus Supplement will be of the fixed-income
                               type ("Fixed  Income  Securities").  Fixed Income
                               Securities  will  generally  be  styled  as  debt
                               instruments,  having a  principal  balance  and a
                               specified interest rate ("Interest Rate").  Fixed
                               Income Securities may either represent beneficial
                               ownership  interests  in the related  Receivables
                               held by the  related  Trust  or debt  secured  by
                               certain assets of the related Issuer.

                               Each series or Class of Fixed  Income  Securities
                               offered  pursuant to this  Prospectus  may have a
                               different  Interest Rate, which may be a fixed or
                               adjustable  Interest Rate. The related Prospectus
                               Supplement  will  specify the  Interest  Rate for
                               each series or Class of Fixed  Income  Securities
                               described  therein,  or the initial Interest Rate
                               and the method for determining subsequent changes
                               to the Interest Rate.

                               A series may include one or more Classes of Fixed
                               Income Securities ("Strip  Securities")  entitled
                               (i)    to    principal    distributions,     with
                               disproportionate,    nominal   or   no   interest
                               distributions, or (ii) to interest distributions,
                               with  disproportionate,  nominal or no  principal
                               distributions.   In   addition,   a   series   of
                               Securities  may  include  two or more  Classes of
                               Fixed Income Securities that differ as to timing,
                               sequential order,  priority of payment,  Interest
                               Rate or amount of  distribution  of  principal or
                               interest or both, or as to which distributions of
                               principal or interest or both on any Class may be
                               made upon the occurrence of specified  events, in
                               accordance with a schedule or formula,  or on the
                               basis of collections from designated  portions of
                               the related pool of Receivables.  Any such series
                               may include one or more  Classes of Fixed  Income
                               Securities  ("Accrual  Securities"),  as to which
                               certain accrued  interest will not be distributed
                               but rather will be added to the principal balance
                               (or  nominal  balance,  in the  case  of  Accrual
                               Securities  which  are  also  Strip   Securities)
                               thereof  on each  Payment  Date,  as  hereinafter
                               defined,  or  in  the  manner  described  in  the
                               related Prospectus Supplement.

                               If  so  provided   in  the   related   Prospectus
                               Supplement,  a  series  may  include  one or more
                               other   Classes   of  Fixed   Income   Securities
                               (collectively,  the "Senior Securities") that are
                               senior  to one or more  other  Classes  of  Fixed
                               Income Securities (collectively, the "Subordinate
                               Securities") in respect of certain  distributions
                               of  principal  and interest  and  allocations  of
                               losses on Receivables.

                               In  addition,   certain  Classes  of  Senior  (or
                               Subordinate)  Securities  may be  senior to other
                               Classes of Senior (or Subordinate)  Securities in
                               respect of such distributions or losses.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            GENERAL PAYMENT TERMS OF SECURITIES.

                               As provided in the related Trust Agreement and as
                               described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                               the holders of the Securities ("Securityholders")
                               will be  entitled  to receive  payments  on their
                               Securities on specified  dates (each,  a "Payment
                               Date").  Payment  Dates  with  respect  to  Fixed
                               Income  Securities will occur monthly,  quarterly
                               or  semi-annually,  as  described  in the related
                               Prospectus Supplement.

                               The related Prospectus Supplement will describe a
                               date (the "Record  Date")  preceding such Payment
                               Date, as of which the Trustee or its paying agent
                               will fix the identity of the  Securityholders for
                               the  purpose of  receiving  payments  on the next
                               succeeding  Payment  Date.  As  described  in the
                               related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Payment Date
                               will be a specified  day of each month,  commonly
                               the fifteenth or  twenty-fifth  day of each month
                               (or, in the case of quarterly-pay Securities, the
                               fifteenth  or  twenty-fifth  day of  every  third
                               month;   and  in  the  case  of  semi-annual  pay
                               Securities,  the fifteenth or twenty-fifth day of
                               every  sixth  month) and the Record  Date will be
                               the close of  business  as of the last day of the
                               calendar  month that precedes the calendar  month
                               in which such Payment Date occurs.

                               Each  Trust  Agreement  will  describe  a  period
                               (each,  a  "Remittance  Period")  preceding  each
                               Payment  Date  (for  example,   in  the  case  of
                               monthly-pay   Securities,   the  calendar   month
                               preceding  the  month  in  which a  Payment  Date
                               occurs).  As more fully  described in the related
                               Prospectus Supplement, collections received on or
                               with   respect   to   the   related   Receivables
                               constituting  a Trust  Fund  during a  Remittance
                               Period  will be  required  to be  remitted by the
                               Servicer  to the  related  Trustee  prior  to the
                               related  Payment  Date  and  will be used to fund
                               payments to Securityholders on such Payment Date.
                               As may be  described  in the  related  Prospectus
                               Supplement,   the  related  Trust  Agreement  may
                               provide  that all or a  portion  of the  payments
                               collected  on or  with  respect  to  the  related
                               Receivables may be applied by the related Trustee
                               to  the  acquisition  of  additional  Receivables
                               during a specified period (rather than be used to
                               fund  payments of  principal  to  Securityholders
                               during  such  period),  with the result  that the
                               related  Securities will possess an interest-only
                               period,  also commonly referred to as a revolving
                               period, which will be followed by an amortization
                               period.  Any  such  interest  only  or  revolving
                               period may, upon the occurrence of certain events
                               to  be  described   in  the  related   Prospectus
                               Supplement,  terminate  prior  to the  end of the
                               specified  period and result in the earlier  than
                               expected amortization of the related Securities.

                               In  addition,  and  as may  be  described  in the
                               related Prospectus Supplement,  the related Trust
                               Agreement  may  provide  that all or a portion of
                               such  collected  payments  may be retained by the
                               Trustee   (and   held   in   certain    temporary
                               investments,   including   Receivables)   for   a
                               specified  period  prior  to  being  used to fund
                               payments of principal to Securityholders.

                               Such  retention and  temporary  investment by the
                               Trustee  of  such   collected   payments  may  be
                               required by the related  Trust  Agreement for the
                               purpose of (a) slowing the  amortization  rate of
                               the  related  Securities  relative  to  the  rent
                               payment schedule of the related  Receivables,  or
                               (b) attempting to match the amortization  rate of
                               the  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       8
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               related  Securities to an  amortization  schedule
                               established  at  the  time  such  Securities  are
                               issued.   Any  such  feature  applicable  to  any
                               Securities  may terminate  upon the occurrence of
                               events to be described in the related  Prospectus
                               Supplement,  resulting  in  distributions  to the
                               specified  Securityholders and an acceleration of
                               the amortization of such Securities.

                               As more fully specified in the related Prospectus
                               Supplement,   neither  the   Securities  nor  the
                               underlying  Receivables  will  be  guaranteed  or
                               insured   by   any    governmental    agency   or
                               instrumentality  or the  Depositor,  the  related
                               Servicer, the related Originator, any Trustee, or
                               any of their affiliates.

No  Investment  Companies....  Neither the Depositor nor any Trust will register
                               as an  "investment  company" under the Investment
                               Company Act of 1940, as amended (the  "Investment
                               Company Act").

The  Equity  Interest........  With respect to each Trust, the "Equity Interest"
                               at any time  represents the rights to the related
                               Trust  Fund  in  excess  of the  Securityholders'
                               interest of all series then outstanding that were
                               issued by such Trust.  The Equity Interest in any
                               Trust  Fund  will   fluctuate  as  the  aggregate
                               Discounted  Contract  Balance  of such Trust Fund
                               changes  from  time to  time.  In  addition,  the
                               Depositor  may  cause  one or more of the  Trusts
                               (such  a  Trust,  a  "Master   Trust")  to  issue
                               additional series of Securities from time to time
                               and any such  issuance  will  have the  effect of
                               decreasing  the Equity  Interest  in the  related
                               Master  Trust  to the  extent  of  the  aggregate
                               principal   amount   of   the   Securities.   See
                               "Description  of Securities -- Master  Trusts." A
                               portion of the Equity  interest  in any Trust may
                               be  sold  separately  in one or  more  public  or
                               private transactions.

Master Trusts; Issuance 
of Additional Series........   As may be  described  in the  related  Prospectus
                               Supplement,  a Trust  Agreement may authorize the
                               Trustee  to  issue   certificates   (the  "Equity
                               Certificates")  evidencing the Equity Interest in
                               a Master Trust, and may provide that, pursuant to
                               any  one  or  more   supplements  to  such  Trust
                               Agreement,  the  Depositor  may cause the related
                               Trustee  to  issue  one or  more  new  series  of
                               Securities and  accordingly  cause a reduction in
                               the related Equity  Interest in such Master Trust
                               represented  by the related  Equity  Certificate.
                               Under each such Trust Agreement  (each, a "Master
                               Trust  Agreement"),  the  Depositor may determine
                               the   terms   of  any  such   new   series.   See
                               "Description of the Securities -- Master Trusts."

                               The  Depositor  may cause the related  Trustee to
                               offer any such new  series to the public or other
                               investors,   in  transactions  either  registered
                               under  the   Securities   Act  or   exempt   from
                               registration thereunder,  directly or through one
                               or more  underwriters  or  placement  agents,  in
                               fixed-price    offerings    or   in    negotiated
                               transactions or otherwise.

                               A new series to be issued by a Trust  which has a
                               series    outstanding   may,   unless   otherwise
                               described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                               only  be   issued   upon   satisfaction   of  the
                               conditions described herein under "Description of
                               the  Securities  --  Master  Trusts",  including,
                               among others,  that such issuance will not effect
                               the rating given to any existing series issued by
                               such   Master   Trust.   Securities   secured  by
                               Receivables  held  by a  Master  Trust  shall  be
                               entitled  to  moneys  received  relating  to such
                               Receivables  on a pari  passu  basis  with  other

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       9
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Securities  issued  pursuant  to the other  Trust
                               Agreements by such Master Trust.

Cross-Collateralization ....   As described in the related  Trust  Agreement and
                               the related Prospectus Supplement,  the source of
                               payment for Securities of each series will be the
                               assets of the related Trust Fund only.

                               However,  as may  be  described  in  the  related
                               Prospectus  Supplement,  a  series  or  class  of
                               Securities  may  include  the  right  to  receive
                               moneys from a common  pool of credit  enhancement
                               which may be  available  for more than one series
                               of Securities,  such as a master reserve account,
                               master  insurance  policy or a master  collateral
                               pool    consisting   of   similar    Receivables.
                               Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  and as described
                               in the related Prospectus Supplement,  no payment
                               received on any Receivable  held by any Trust may
                               be applied to the payment of Securities issued by
                               any other  Trust  (except to the  limited  extent
                               that certain collections in excess of the amounts
                               needed  to  pay  the  related  Securities  may be
                               deposited in a common master  reserve  account or
                               an  overcollateralization  account that  provides
                               credit  enhancement  for more than one  series of
                               Securities  issued  pursuant to the related Trust
                               Agreement).

Trust Fund..................   As   specified   in   the   related    Prospectus
                               Supplement,  each Trust Fund will  consist of the
                               related  Contracts,  and may  include the related
                               Equipment.  If and to the extent specified in the
                               related Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement
                               with  respect  to a Trust  Fund or any  class  of
                               Securities  may  include  any  one or more of the
                               following:   a  Policy   issued  by  an   insurer
                               specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a
                               reserve  account,  letters of  credit,  credit or
                               liquidity  facilities,   repurchase  obligations,
                               third  party  payments  or  other  support,  cash
                               deposits or other arrangements. In addition to or
                               in lieu of the foregoing,  credit enhancement may
                               be   provided   by   means   of    subordination,
                               cross-support    among   the    Receivables    or
                               over-collateralization.  See  "Description of the
                               Trust   Agreement   --   Credit   and  Cash  Flow
                               Enhancement."  The Contracts are  obligations for
                               the  lease  (a   "Lease")   or  purchase  of  the
                               Equipment, or evidence borrowings used to acquire
                               the Equipment,  entitling the obligor  thereunder
                               (the  "Lessor")  to  payments of rent and related
                               payments   and  to  either   the  return  of  the
                               Equipment  at  the  termination  of  the  related
                               Contract  or,  with  respect  to  certain  of the
                               Contracts,  the  payment of a purchase  price for
                               the  Equipment  at the  election  of the  obligee
                               thereunder (the "Lessee").

                               The  Leases  will  be  of  two   general   types,
                               operating  leases and finance leases.  "Operating
                               Leases"  usually  have a term of  three  years or
                               less,  whereas  "Finance  Leases"  usually have a
                               term  greater  than  three  years.  In a  Finance
                               Lease,  the Lessor  transfers  substantially  all
                               benefits and risks of ownership to the Lessee. In
                               accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
                               Standards   No.   13   ("FASB13"),   a  Lease  is
                               classified    as   a   Finance   Lease   if   the
                               collectibility  of lease  payments are reasonably
                               certain  and  it  meets  one  of  the   following
                               criteria:  (1)  the  Lease  transfers  title  and
                               ownership  of the  Equipment to the Lessee by the
                               end of the Lease term;  (2) the Lease  contains a
                               bargain  purchase  option;  (3) the Lease term at
                               inception is at least 75% of the  estimated  life
                               of the Equipment; or (4) the present value of the
                               minimum  Lease  payments  is at least  90% of the
                               fair market  value of the  Equipment at inception
                               of the Lease.  All  Leases  which do not meet the
                               criteria  of Finance  Leases are  classified,  in
                               accordance  with  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       10
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               FASB 13, as Operating  Leases.  Installment  sale
                               contracts  and  loan   contracts  (the  "Purchase
                               Contracts")  secured  by  the  related  Equipment
                               provide  for  scheduled   payments   which  fully
                               amortize the amount  financed by an obligor.  The
                               related  Prospectus  Supplement will describe the
                               type  and   characteristics   of  the   Contracts
                               included  in  each  Trust  Fund  relating  to the
                               Securities  offered  pursuant to this  Prospectus
                               and the related Prospectus Supplement.

                               The  Receivables  comprising a Trust Fund will be
                               acquired  by  the  Depositor   from  the  related
                               Originator;    such    Receivables    will   have
                               theretofore  been either (i)  originated  by such
                               Originator,   (ii)   originated  by  Vendors  and
                               acquired by such  Originator or (iii) acquired by
                               such Originator from other  originators or owners
                               of Receivables.

                               With respect to the  Receivables  comprising each
                               Trust  Fund,  the  Depositor  and/or the  related
                               Originator  will acquire the related  Receivables
                               from the  Originator  pursuant  to a  Receivables
                               Acquisition  Agreement  as  defined  herein.  The
                               Depositor will either  transfer such  Receivables
                               to a Trust  pursuant  to a Pooling  Agreement  or
                               pledge the Depositor's  right, title and interest
                               in and to such Receivables to a Trustee on behalf
                               of Securityholders  pursuant to an Indenture. The
                               Contracts  transferred to a Trust or pledged to a
                               Trustee shall have a Discounted  Contract Balance
                               (as  defined  below)  specified  in  the  related
                               Prospectus Supplement. The rights and benefits of
                               the   Depositor   or   Transferor    under   such
                               Receivables   Acquisition   Agreement   will   be
                               assigned  to the Trustee on behalf of the related
                               Securityholders.    The    obligations   of   the
                               Depositor, the related Originator(s), the related
                               Servicer(s),  the related Trustee and the related
                               Indenture  Trustee,  if any,  under  the  related
                               Trust Agreement include those specified below and
                               in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                               The "Discounted  Contract  Balance" of a Contract
                               as of any Cut-Off  Date is the  present  value of
                               all of the  remaining  payments  scheduled  to be
                               made with respect to such Contract, discounted at
                               a  rate  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                               Supplement and the Trust Agreement.

                               In  addition,  if so  specified  in  the  related
                               Prospectus   Supplement,   the  Trust  Fund  will
                               include   monies  on  deposit  in  a  Pre-Funding
                               Account   (the   "Pre-Funding   Account")  to  be
                               established with the Trustee,  which will be used
                               to acquire  Additional  Receivables  from time to
                               time during the "Pre-Funding Period" specified in
                               the related Prospectus Supplement.

                               If and  to the  extent  provided  in the  related
                               Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Depositor  will  be
                               obligated   (subject  only  to  the  availability
                               thereof)    to   acquire    from   the    related
                               Originator(s)  and to either  transfer to a Trust
                               or   pledge   to   a   Trustee   on   behalf   of
                               Securityholders,   additional   Receivables  (the
                               "Additional   Receivables")  from  time  to  time
                               during any  Pre-Funding  Period  specified in the
                               related Prospectus Supplement.

Registration  of Securities    Securities   may   be   represented   by   global
                               securities  registered  in the name of Cede & Co.
                               ("Cede"),  as  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust
                               Company  ("DTC"),  or  another  nominee.  In such
                               case,  Securityholders  will not be  entitled  to
                               receive definitive  securities  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       11
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               representing  such  Securityholders'   interests,
                               except in certain circumstances  described in the
                               related Prospectus  Supplement.  See "Description
                               of the  Securities  -- Book  Entry  Registration"
                               herein.

Credit and Cash Flow
 Enhancement ..............    If and to the  extent  specified  in the  related
                               Prospectus  Supplement,  credit  enhancement with
                               respect   to  a  Trust   Fund  or  any  class  of
                               Securities  may  include  any  one or more of the
                               following:   a  Policy   issued  by  an   insurer
                               specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (a
                               "Security Insurer"),  a reserve account,  letters
                               of credit, credit or liquidity facilities,  third
                               party payments or other support, cash deposits or
                               other   arrangements.    Any   form   of   credit
                               enhancement  will have  certain  limitations  and
                               exclusions from coverage  thereunder,  which will
                               be   described   in   the   related    Prospectus
                               Supplement.   See   "Description   of  the  Trust
                               Agreement -- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement."

Receivables Acquisition
Agreement...................   As more fully described in the related Prospectus
                               Supplement,  the  Depositor  and/or  the  related
                               Originator  will be obligated to acquire from the
                               related  Trust  Fund any  Receivable  transferred
                               pursuant  to  a  Pooling   Agreement  or  pledged
                               pursuant to an  Indenture  if the interest of the
                               Securityholders  therein is materially  adversely
                               affected  by a breach  of any  representation  or
                               warranty  made by the  Depositor  or the  related
                               Originator with respect to such Receivable, which
                               breach has not been cured. To the extent that the
                               Depositor  so  acquires  any   Receivables,   the
                               related  Originator  will be obligated to acquire
                               such Receivables  from the Depositor  pursuant to
                               the  related  Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement
                               contemporaneously     with    the     Depositor's
                               acquisition   of  such   Receivables   from   the
                               applicable  Trust  Fund.  The  obligation  of the
                               Depositor  to acquire any such  Receivables  with
                               respect  to  which  the  related  Originator  has
                               breached a representation  or warranty is subject
                               to the related  Originator's  acquisition of such
                               Receivables from the Depositor.  In addition,  if
                               so   specified   in   the   related    Prospectus
                               Supplement,  the  Depositor may from time to time
                               reacquire certain Receivables or substitute other
                               Receivables  for such  Receivable held by a Trust
                               Fund,  subject to specified  conditions set forth
                               in the related Trust  Agreement  and  Receivables
                               Acquisition Agreement.

Servicer's Compensation.....   The  Servicer  shall be entitled to receive a fee
                               for  servicing  the  Contracts of each Trust Fund
                               equal to a specified  percentage  of the value of
                               the assets held in the related Trust Fund, as set
                               forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  See
                               "Description  of the Trust  Agreements--Servicing
                               Compensation"   herein   and   in   the   related
                               Prospectus Supplement.

Certain Legal Aspects
of the  Contracts...........   With respect to the transfer of the  Contracts to
                               the related Trust pursuant to a Pooling Agreement
                               or the  pledge  of the  related  Issuer's  right,
                               title and  interest in and to such  Contracts  on
                               behalf   of   Securityholders   pursuant   to  an
                               Indenture,  the Depositor  will warrant,  in each
                               case,  that  such  transfer  is  either  a  valid
                               transfer and  assignment  of the Contracts to the
                               Trust or the grant of a security  interest in the
                               Contracts.   Each   Prospectus   Supplement  will
                               specify  what  actions  will be  taken  by  which
                               parties as will be required to perfect either the
                               Issuer's   or   the   Securityholders'   security
                               interest in the Contracts. The Depositor may also
                               warrant  that, if the transfer or pledge by it to
                               the Trust or to the  Securityholders is deemed to
                               be a 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       12
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               grant to the Trust or to the Securityholders of a
                               security  interest  in the  Contracts,  then  the
                               related Issuer or the Securityholders will have a
                               first  priority   perfected   security   interest
                               therein,  except  for  certain  liens  which have
                               priority  over  previously   perfected   security
                               interests by operation of law,  and, with certain
                               exceptions,  in  the  proceeds  thereof.  Similar
                               security  interest and  priority  representations
                               and  warranties,  as  described  in  the  related
                               Prospectus  Supplement,  may  also be made by the
                               Depositor with respect to the Equipment.

                               Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will specify if the
                               related  Originator or the Depositor has filed or
                               will be required to file UCC (as herein  defined)
                               financing statements identifying the Equipment as
                               collateral  pledged in favor of the related Trust
                               or Trustee on behalf of the  Securityholders.  In
                               the absence of such filings any security interest
                               in the  Equipment  will not be perfected in favor
                               of the  related  Trust or Trustee.  See  "Special
                               Considerations  --  Certain  Legal  Aspects"  and
                               "Interests  in the  Conveyed  Property -- UCC and
                               Bankruptcy Considerations."

Optional  Termination........  The related Servicer, the related Originator, the
                               Depositor,   or,  if  specified  in  the  related
                               Prospectus  Supplement,  certain  other  entities
                               may, at their  respective  options,  effect early
                               retirement  of a series of  Securities  under the
                               circumstances  and in the manner set forth herein
                               under  "The  Trust   Agreement   -   Termination;
                               Retirement  of  Securities"  and in  the  related
                               Prospectus Supplement.

Mandatory  Termination......   The  Trustee,  the  related  Servicer  or certain
                               other   entities   specified   in   the   related
                               Prospectus  Supplement  may be required to effect
                               early  retirement  of  all or  any  portion  of a
                               series of Securities  by  soliciting  competitive
                               bids for the  purchase of the related  Trust Fund
                               or otherwise,  under other  circumstances  and in
                               the manner  specified  in "The Trust  Agreement -
                               Termination; Retirement of Securities" and in the
                               related Prospectus Supplement.

Tax  Considerations.........   Securities  of each series  offered  hereby will,
                               for  federal  income  tax  purposes,   constitute
                               either  (i)  interests  in a Trust  treated  as a
                               grantor trust under applicable  provisions of the
                               Code  ("Grantor  Trust  Securities"),  (ii)  debt
                               issued  by a  Trust  or by the  Depositor  ("Debt
                               Securities") or  (iii)interests  in a Trust which
                               is   treated  as  a   partnership   ("Partnership
                               Interests").

                               The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each  series  of
                               Securities   will   summarize,   subject  to  the
                               limitations  stated  therein,  federal income tax
                               considerations    relevant   to   the   purchase,
                               ownership and disposition of such Securities.

                               Investors   are  advised  to  consult  their  tax
                               advisors and to review "Certain Federal and State
                               Income   Tax   Consequences"   in   the   related
                               Prospectus Supplement.

ERISA Considerations........   The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each  series  of
                               Securities   will   summarize,   subject  to  the
                               limitations  discussed  therein,   considerations
                               under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
                               of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA"),  relevant to the
                               purchase of such  Securities by employee  benefit
                               plans and  individual  retirement  accounts.  See
                               "ERISA  Considerations" in the related Prospectus
                               Supplement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       13
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratings....................    Each Class of Securities offered pursuant to this
                               Prospectus and the related Prospectus  Supplement
                               will be rated in one of the four  highest  rating
                               categories by one or more  "national  statistical
                               rating   organizations",   as   defined   in  the
                               Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
                               "Exchange  Act"),  and  commonly  referred  to as
                               "Rating Agencies".  Such ratings will address, in
                               the   opinion  of  such  Rating   Agencies,   the
                               likelihood  that the Issuer  will be able to make
                               timely  payment of all amounts due on the related
                               Securities in accordance  with the terms thereof.
                               Such ratings will neither  address any prepayment
                               or  yield   considerations   applicable   to  any
                               Securities  nor  constitute a  recommendation  to
                               buy, sell or hold any Securities.

                               The ratings  expected to be received with respect
                               to  any  Securities  will  be  set  forth  in the
                               related Prospectus Supplement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       14
<PAGE>


                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

         Prospective  Securityholders  should consider,  among other things, the
following factors in connection with the purchase of the Securities:

         Limited  Liquidity.  There can be no assurance that a secondary  market
for the  Securities  of any series or Class will develop or, if it does develop,
that it will provide  Securityholders  with  liquidity of  investment or that it
will continue for the life of such Securities. The Prospectus Supplement for any
series of Securities may indicate that an underwriter  specified therein intends
to establish and maintain a secondary  market in such  Securities;  however,  no
underwriter will be obligated to do so. The Securities will not be listed on any
securities exchange.

         Ownership of Contracts.  In connection  with the issuance of any series
of  Securities,  the  related  Originator(s)  will  transfer  Contracts  to  the
Depositor.  The related Originator(s) will warrant in a Receivables  Acquisition
Agreement  that the transfer of the  Contracts by it to the Depositor is a valid
assignment,  transfer and  conveyance  of such  Contracts.  The  Depositor  will
warrant in a Trust  Agreement (a) if the Depositor or the related  Originator(s)
retain   title  to  the   Contracts,   that  the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of
Securityholders  has a valid security interest in such Contracts,  or (b) if the
Depositor  transfers  such  Contracts  to a  Trust,  that  the  transfer  of the
Contracts to such Trust is either a valid assignment, transfer and conveyance of
the Contracts to the Trust or the Trustee on behalf of the Securityholders has a
valid  security  interest in such  Contracts.  As to be described in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  the related Trust Agreement will provide either that the
Trustee will be required to maintain  possession  of the original  copies of all
Contracts  that  constitute  chattel  paper or that the  Depositor,  the related
Originator(s) or the related Servicer will retain  possession of such Contracts;
provided that in case the Depositor or an Originator  retains  possession of the
related  Contracts,  the Servicer may take possession of such original copies as
necessary for the  enforcement of any Contract.  If any Contracts  remain in the
possession of the Depositor or an Originator,  the related Prospectus Supplement
may describe  specific trigger events that will require delivery to the Trustee.
If the Depositor, the Servicer, the Trustee, an Originator or other third party,
while in  possession  of the  Contracts,  sells or  pledges  and  delivers  such
Contracts  to  another  party,  in  violation  of  the  Receivables  Acquisition
Agreement  or the Trust  Agreement,  there is a risk that such other party could
acquire  an  interest  in such  Contracts  having a priority  over the  Issuer's
interest.  Furthermore, if the Depositor, the Servicer, an Originator or a third
party, while in possession of the Contracts,  is rendered insolvent,  such event
of insolvency may result in competing claims to ownership or security  interests
in the Contracts. Such an attempt, even if unsuccessful,  could result in delays
in payments on the  Securities.  If  successful,  such  attempt  could result in
losses  to  the  Securityholders  or an  acceleration  of the  repayment  of the
Securities.  The  related  Originator(s)  and the  Depositor  will make  certain
representations and warranties with respect to the ownership of the Contracts as
of  the  date  of  the  transfer  to  the  Depositor  and  the  Trust,  if  any,
respectively.  The related  Originator will be obligated to acquire any Contract
from the  related  Trust Fund if there is a breach of such  representations  and
warranties that materially  adversely  affects the interests of the Depositor or
the Trust in such Contract and such breach has not been cured.

         Security Interest in the Equipment.  Unless otherwise  described in the
related Prospectus  Supplement,  the related Originator will also contribute all
of its  right,  title  and  interest  in and to  the  related  Equipment  to the
Depositor. If title to the Equipment is transferred, the Receivables Acquisition
Agreement  shall  require the  Originator  to make certain  representations  and
warranties  with respect to the transfer of title and perfection and priority of
a security interest,  if any, in the Equipment.  The Depositor may also transfer
the  Equipment to a Trust or may pledge all of its right,  title and interest in
and to such Equipment to the Trust. Pursuant to a Trust Agreement, the Depositor
may warrant (a) if the Depositor  transfers such Equipment to a Trust, that such
transfer is either a valid assignment, transfer and conveyance of such Equipment
to the  Trust  or it has  granted  to the  Trust  a  security  interest  in such
Equipment,  or (b) if the Depositor  retains  title,  that it has granted to the
Trustee for the benefit of  Securityholders  a valid  security  interest in such
Equipment.

         As specified herein and related Prospectus  Supplement,  because of the
administrative  burden and expense  that would be entailed in so doing,  neither
the Originators nor the Depositor will file, or necessarily  will be required to
file, UCC financing  statements  identifying the Equipment as collateral pledged
in favor of the related  Trust or Trustee on behalf of the  Securityholders.  In
the absence of such filings any security  interest in the Equipment  will not be
perfected  in favor of the related  Trust or  Trustee.  As a result the Trust or
Trustee could lose priority of its 


                                       15
<PAGE>

security  interest in such Equipment.  Neither the Originators nor the Depositor
will have any obligation to reacquire  Equipment as to which such aforementioned
occurrence  results in the loss of lien priority  after the date such Trust Fund
receives an interest in such Equipment unless otherwise obligated in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

         Restrictions on Recoveries.  Unless specific  limitations are described
on the related  Prospectus  Supplement with respect to specific  Contracts,  all
Contracts  will  provide  that the  obligations  of the Lessees  thereunder  are
absolute and  unconditional,  regardless  of any  defense,  set-off or abatement
which the Lessee may have against the related  Originator or any other person or
entity whatsoever.  The Originators will warrant that no claims or defenses have
been  asserted  or  threatened  with  respect  to the  Contracts  and  that  all
requirements  of  applicable  law  with  respect  to  the  Contracts  have  been
satisfied.

         In  the  event  that  the   Depositor  or  the  Trustee  must  rely  on
repossession and disposition of Equipment to recover  scheduled  payments due on
Defaulted  Contracts,  the  Issuer  may not  realize  the full  amount  due on a
Contract (or may not realize the full amount on a timely  basis).  Other factors
that may affect the  ability of the Issuer to realize  the full  amount due on a
Contract include whether  financing  statements to perfect the security interest
in the Equipment had been filed, depreciation,  obsolescence,  damage or loss of
any item of Equipment,  and the application of Federal and state  bankruptcy and
insolvency laws. As a result,  the  Securityholders  may be subject to delays in
receiving payments and suffer loss of their investment in the Securities.

         Insolvency  and  Bankruptcy  Matters.  The Depositor will take steps in
structuring  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby that are intended to ensure
that  the  voluntary  or  involuntary  application  for  relief  by the  related
Originator or the Depositor (the  Originators and the  Depositors,  collectively
for these  purposes,  "Debtors")  under the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or
similar applicable state laws ("Insolvency  Laws") will not result in the assets
of the related Trust Fund becoming property of the estate of a Debtor within the
meaning of such Insolvency Laws. Such steps will generally  involve the creation
by the related  Originator of a separate,  limited-purpose  subsidiary  (each, a
"Finance Subsidiary")  pursuant to articles of incorporation  containing certain
limitations  (including  restrictions on the nature of such Finance Subsidiary's
business and a restriction  on such Finance  Subsidiary's  ability to commence a
voluntary  case or  proceeding  under  any  Insolvency  Law  without  the  prior
unanimous  affirmative  vote of all its  directors).  However,  there  can be no
assurance  that the activities of any Finance  Subsidiary  would not result in a
court's  concluding that the assets and  liabilities of such Finance  Subsidiary
should be  consolidated  with those of the related  Originator  in a  proceeding
under any Insolvency Law.

         Except to the extent  otherwise  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, each Receivables Acquisition Agreement and each Trust Agreement will
generally require that the related Originator contribute the related Receivables
to a Finance  Subsidiary,  which  will then  transfer  such  Receivables  to the
Depositor which in turn will transfer such  Receivables to an Issuer.  Except as
otherwise described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Equity Interest in
a Trust Fund will be transferred to the related Finance Subsidiary.

         With  respect to each Trust Fund,  the Trustee and all  Securityholders
will covenant that they will not at any time institute  against the Depositor or
the  related  Finance   Subsidiary  any  bankruptcy,   reorganization  or  other
proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

         For purposes of this  Prospectus,  the term  "Originator"  includes the
term  "Finance  Subsidiary."  In addition,  while an Originator is the Servicer,
cash collections held by such Originator may, subject to certain conditions,  be
commingled  and used for the benefit of such  Originator  prior to each  Payment
Date and, in the event of the bankruptcy of such  Originator,  the Depositor,  a
Trust or Trustee may not have a perfected interest in such collections.

         The  Depositor  believes  that the  transfer of the  Receivables  by an
Originator or its Finance  Subsidiary  to the  Depositor  should be treated as a
valid assignment,  transfer and conveyance of such Receivables.  However, in the
event of an insolvency of such Originator,  a court, among other remedies, could
attempt to recharacterize  the transfer of the Receivables by such Originator to
the Depositor as a borrowing by the Originator from the Depositor or the related
Securityholders,  secured by a pledge of such Receivables. Such an attempt, even
if unsuccessful,  could result in delays in payments on the Securities.  If such
an attempt  were  successful,  a court,  among  other  remedies,  could elect to
accelerate  payment of the  Securities and liquidate the  Receivables,  with the
Securityholders  


                                       16
<PAGE>

entitled to the then  outstanding  principal amount thereof and interest thereon
at the  applicable  Security  Interest  Rate to the date of payment.  Thus,  the
Securityholders  could lose the right to future  payments of interest  and might
incur  reinvestment  losses.  As more fully described in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  in the event the related Issuer is rendered insolvent,  the Trustee
for a Trust, in accordance with the Trust Agreement, will promptly sell, dispose
of or otherwise liquidate the related  Receivables in a commercially  reasonable
manner on  commercially  reasonable  terms.  The  proceeds  from any such  sale,
disposition or liquidation of such Receivables will be treated as collections on
such  Receivables.  If the proceeds from the  liquidation of the Receivables and
any amount available from any credit enhancement,  if any, are not sufficient to
pay Securities of the related  series in full, the amount of principal  returned
to such  Securityholders  will be reduced and such  Securityholders will incur a
loss.

         Lessees of the Equipment may be entitled to assert  against the related
Originator,  the Depositor, or the Trust, if any, claims and defenses which they
have against such Originator with respect to the Receivables.  The Originator(s)
will warrant that no such claims or defenses  have been  asserted or  threatened
with respect to the Receivables and that all requirements of applicable law with
respect to the Receivables have been satisfied.

         Equipment  Obsolescence.  In the event a Contract  becomes a  Defaulted
Contract and the Lessee (and any guarantor) has insufficient assets available to
pay the Contract  payments on the scheduled payment dates, the only other source
of moneys  (other  than the  applicable  credit  enhancements,  if any) for such
amounts  will be the income and  proceeds  from the  disposition  of the related
Equipment. Because the market value of equipment generally declines with age and
may be subject to sudden, significant declines in value because of technological
advances,  in the event of a  repossession  and sale of  Equipment  subject to a
Defaulted  Contract,  the Issuer may not recover  the entire  amount due on such
Contract. As a result, the Securityholders may be subject to delays in receiving
payments and suffer loss of their investment in the Securities.

         Delinquencies.  There can be no assurance that the historical levels of
delinquencies and losses  experienced by the related Originator on its equipment
lease portfolio will be indicative of the performance of the Contracts  included
in any Trust Fund or that such levels will continue in the future. Delinquencies
and losses could increase  significantly for various reasons,  including changes
in the  federal  income tax laws,  changes in the local,  regional  or  national
economies or due to other events.

         Subordination;  Limited Assets.  To the extent specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  distributions of interest and principal on one Class of
Securities  of a series may be  subordinated  in priority of payment to interest
and principal due on other Classes of Securities of a related series.  Moreover,
each Trust Fund will not have,  nor is it  permitted  or expected  to have,  any
significant  assets or sources of funds other than the related  Receivables and,
to the extent  provided  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a  Pre-Funding
Account,  the related  reserve  account and any other  credit  enhancement.  The
Securities represent  obligations solely of the related Trust or debt secured by
the related Trust Fund,  and will not  represent a recourse  obligation to other
assets of the related  Originator(s)  or of the Depositor.  No Securities of any
series will be insured or  guaranteed  by any  Originator,  the  Depositor,  the
Servicer, or the applicable Trustee. Consequently,  holders of the Securities of
any series must rely for repayment  primarily  upon payments on the  Receivables
and,  if and to the extent  available,  amounts  on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account,  if any, the reserve account, if any, and any other credit enhancement,
all as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Master  Trusts.   As  may  be  described  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,  a Master  Trust may issue  from time to time more than one  series.
While the terms of any  additional  series will be specified in a supplement  to
the related  Master Trust  Agreement,  the  provisions of such  supplement  and,
therefore,  the terms of any  additional  series,  will not be  subject to prior
review by, or consent of,  holders of the  Securities  of any series  previously
issued by such  Master  Trust.  Such terms may include  methods for  determining
applicable investor percentages and allocating collections,  provisions creating
different or additional security or credit enhancements and any other provisions
which are made  applicable  only to such series.  The  obligation of the related
Trustee to issue any new series is subject to the condition,  among others, that
such issuance will not result in any Rating Agency  reducing or withdrawing  its
rating of the  Securities  of any  outstanding  series  (any such  reduction  or
withdrawal  is  referred  to  herein  as a  "Ratings  Effect").  There can be no
assurance, however, that the terms of any series might not have an impact on the
timing or amount of payments  received  by a  Securityholder  of another  series
issued by the same  Master  Trust.  See  "Description  of the  Securities-Master
Trusts."


                                       17
<PAGE>

         Book-Entry Registration.  Issuance of the Securities in book-entry form
may reduce the  liquidity of such  Securities in the  secondary  trading  market
since  investors may be unwilling to purchase  Securities  for which they cannot
obtain  definitive  physical  securities   representing  such   Securityholders'
interests,  except in certain circumstances  described in the related Prospectus
Supplement.

         Since  transactions  in Securities  will, in most cases,  be able to be
effected only through DTC, direct or indirect  participants in DTC's  book-entry
system ("Direct Participants" or "Indirect  Participants") or certain banks, the
ability of a Securityholder  to pledge a Security to persons or entities that do
not  participate  in the DTC system,  or otherwise to take actions in respect to
such Securities,  may be limited due to lack of a physical security representing
the Securities.

         Securityholders   may  experience   some  delay  in  their  receipt  of
distributions of interest on and principal of the Securities since distributions
may be required  to be  forwarded  by the Trustee to DTC and, in such case,  DTC
will  be  required  to  credit  such   distributions  to  the  accounts  of  its
Participants which thereafter will be required to credit them to the accounts of
the applicable class of  Securityholders  either directly or indirectly  through
Indirect  Participants.  See  "Description  of  the  Securities  --  Book  Entry
Registration."

         Security Rating.  The rating of Securities  credit enhanced by a letter
of  credit,  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy,  reserve  fund,  credit  or
liquidity  facilities,  cash  deposits  or  other  forms of  credit  enhancement
(collectively    "Credit    Enhancement")   will   depend   primarily   on   the
creditworthiness  of the issuer of such external  Credit  Enhancement  device (a
"Credit  Enhancer").  Any reduction in the rating assigned to the  claims-paying
ability of the related Credit Enhancer to honor its obligations  pursuant to any
such Credit Enhancement below the rating initially given to the Securities would
likely result in a reduction in the rating of the Securities.

         Maturity and Prepayment Considerations.  Because the rate of payment of
principal on the  Securities  will depend,  among other  things,  on the rate of
payment  on the  related  Contracts,  the rate of payment  of  principal  on the
Securities cannot be predicted. Payments on the Contracts will include scheduled
payments as well as partial  and full  prepayments  (to the extent not  replaced
with  substitute   Contracts),   payments  upon  the  liquidation  of  Defaulted
Contracts,  payments upon  acquisitions by the related  Originator,  the related
Servicer or the Depositor of Contracts from the related Trust Fund on account of
a  breach  of  certain  representations  and  warranties  in the  related  Trust
Agreement,  payments upon an optional acquisition by the related Originator, the
related  Servicer or the Depositor of Contracts from the related Trust Fund (any
such voluntary or involuntary prepayment or other early payment of a Contract, a
"Prepayment"),  and  residual  payments.  The  rate  of  early  terminations  of
Contracts  due to  Prepayments  and defaults may be  influenced  by a variety of
economic and other factors, including, among others, obsolescence,  then current
economic   conditions   and  tax   considerations.   The  risk  of   reinvesting
distributions  of  the  principal  of  the  Securities  will  be  borne  by  the
Securityholders.  The  yield to  maturity  on  Strip  Securities  or  Securities
purchased at premiums or  discounts  to par will be  extremely  sensitive to the
rate of  Prepayments  on the  related  Receivables.  In  addition,  the yield to
maturity  on  certain  other  types of classes of  Securities,  including  Strip
Securities,  Accrual  Securities or certain other Classes in a series  including
more than one Class of Securities,  may be relatively more sensitive to the rate
of prepayment of the related Contracts than other Classes of Securities.

         The  Depositor  does  not have  available  to it any  statistics  as to
prepayment rates historically experienced in the equipment leasing industry. The
rate of Prepayments of Contracts cannot be predicted and is influenced by a wide
variety of economic,  social, and other factors,  including  prevailing interest
rates, the availability of alternate  financing and local and regional  economic
conditions.  Therefore, no assurance can be given as to the level of Prepayments
that a Trust Fund will experience.

         Securityholders should consider, in the case of Securities purchased at
a discount,  the risk that a slower than  anticipated rate of Prepayments on the
Receivables  could result in an actual  yield that is less than the  anticipated
yield and, in the case of any Securities purchased at a premium, the risk that a
faster than anticipated  rate of Prepayments on the Receivables  could result in
an actual yield that is less than the anticipated yield.

         Certain UCC  Considerations.  Certain  states have adopted a version of
Article 2A of the Uniform Commercial Code ("Article 2A"). Article 2A purports to
codify  many  provisions  of  existing  common  law.  Although  there is  little
precedent  regarding  how Article 2A will be  interpreted,  it may,  among other
things, limit  


                                       18
<PAGE>

enforceability of any "unconscionable" lease or "unconscionable"  provision in a
lease,  provide a lessee with remedies,  including the right to cancel the lease
contract,  for certain lessor breaches or defaults, and may add to or modify the
terms of "consumer  leases" and leases where the lessee is a "merchant  lessee".
Article 2A, moreover,  recognizes  typical commercial lease "hell or high water"
rental payment clauses and validates reasonable liquidated damages provisions in
the event of lessor or lessee  defaults.  Article 2A also recognizes the concept
of freedom of contract  and permits the parties in a  commercial  context a wide
degree of latitude to vary provisions of the law.

         Contracts  Related to Software  and  Services.  Certain  Contracts,  as
described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  may relate to  software  and
services  that are not owned by the related  Originator  and in which no related
interest will be  transferred to the Issuer.  Accordingly,  if any such Contract
becomes a Defaulted Contract,  the Issuer will not realize any proceeds from the
related  software and services from which to satisfy any unpaid  payments  under
such Contracts.


                                 THE TRUST FUNDS

         The  property  of each Trust Fund will  include,  as  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  (i) a pool of  Receivables,  (ii)  all  moneys
(including  accrued interest) due thereunder on or after the applicable  Cut-off
Date,  (iii)  such  amounts  as from  time  to  time  may be held in one or more
accounts  established  and  maintained  by the Servicer  pursuant to the related
Trust Agreement,  as described below and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
(iv) the security  interests,  if any, in the Equipment relating to such pool of
Receivables,  (v) the right to proceeds from claims on physical damage policies,
if any, covering such Equipment or the related Lessees, as the case may be, (vi)
the proceeds of any repossessed  Equipment  related to such pool of Receivables,
(vii) the rights of the  Depositor  under the  related  Receivables  Acquisition
Agreement and (viii) interest earned on certain  short-term  investments held by
such Trust Fund, unless the related  Prospectus  Supplement  specifies that such
earnings may be paid to the related  Servicer or  Originator(s).  The Trust Fund
will also include, if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  monies
on  deposit  in a  Pre-Funding  Account,  which  will be used by the  Trustee to
acquire or receive a security  interest in Additional  Receivables  from time to
time  during  the  Pre-Funding   Period  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In  addition,  to the extent  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  some combination of Credit Enhancements may be issued to or held by
the Trustee on behalf of the  related  Trust Fund for the benefit of the holders
of one ore more classes of Securities.

         The Receivables comprising a Trust Fund will, as specifically described
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  be either (i) originated by the related
Originator,  (ii)  originated  by various  Vendors  and  acquired by the related
Originator or (iii) acquired by the related Originator from originators or other
lessors of Receivables.

         The Equipment  underlying the  Receivables  included in each Trust Fund
will be limited to personal  property which is leased or financed by the related
Originator to the Lessee  pursuant to Contracts which either are "chattel paper"
(as defined in the Uniform  Commercial Code) or would be "chattel paper" but for
a technical  definitional  matter,  but in any event are not treated  materially
differently  from  "chattel  paper" for  purposes  of title  transfer,  security
interests  or remedies  on default.  The  Equipment  will be further  limited to
personal  property  which is  subject  to  Uniform  Commercial  Code  provisions
relating  to title  transfer,  security  interests  and  remedies on default and
further limited to Equipment leased to the related Lessee for use by such Lessee
in the  ordinary  course of business or for home use such as medical  equipment,
restaurant equipment, film and video production equipment,  other industrial and
production equipment, data processing equipment,  telecommunications  equipment,
office equipment and furniture.

         No Trust  Fund  will  include  Receivables  with  respect  to which the
related  Contract  or the  related  Equipment  is  subject  to  federal or state
registration  or titling  requirements  which (x)  differ  materially  from,  or
supplant,  standard Uniform  Commercial Code provisions  governing the manner in
which title or security  interests in "chattel paper" (as defined in the Uniform
Commercial  Code) or the related  equipment  is  determined  or perfected or (y)
differ materially from, or supplant, standard Uniform Commercial Code provisions
governing remedies on default. By way of illustration of the foregoing, no Trust
Fund will include Receivables with respect to which the underlying  Contracts or
Equipment relate to motor vehicles,  aircraft, ships or boats, firearms or other
weapons,  railroad rolling stock or facilities such as factories,  warehouses or
plants  subject to state laws  governing  the manner in which  title or 


                                       19
<PAGE>

security  interest  in  real  property  is  determined  or  perfected.  However,
Receivables may include Contracts and Equipment relating to individual, discrete
components of assets such as the foregoing; for example a leased computer on the
ship may qualify as "Equipment" which may be included in a Trust Fund,  provided
that both the lease  and the  computer  are  generally  within  the scope of the
Uniform Commercial Code.

         The  Receivables  will be  acquired by the  Depositor  from the related
Originator  pursuant  to  a  Receivables   Acquisition   Agreement  between  the
Originator and the Depositor (each, a "Receivables Acquisition Agreement").  The
Receivables  included in each Trust Fund will be selected from those Receivables
held by the Originators based on the criteria  specified in the applicable Trust
Agreement and described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         With respect to each series of  Securities,  on or prior to the Closing
Date on which the  Securities  are delivered to  Securityholders,  the Depositor
will form a Trust Fund by either (i) transferring the related Receivables into a
Trust  pursuant to a Trust  Agreement  between the  Depositor and the Trustee or
(ii)  entering  into an  Indenture  with an Indenture  Trustee,  relating to the
issuance of such Securities, secured by the related Receivables.

         The  Receivables  comprising  each Trust Fund will  generally have been
originated by the related  Originator(s) or acquired by such  Originator(s) from
Vendors or from other lessors in accordance with such Originator's(s') specified
underwriting  criteria.  The underwriting criteria applicable to the Receivables
included in any Trust Fund will be  described  in all  material  respects in the
related Prospectus Supplement.


                                   THE ISSUERS

         With respect to each series of  Securities,  the Depositor  will either
establish a separate  Trust that will issue such  Securities,  or the  Depositor
will  issue  such  Securities,  in  each  case  pursuant  to the  related  Trust
Agreement.   For  purposes  of  this  Prospectus  and  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,  the Depositor,  if the Depositor issues the related Securities,  or
the related Trust, if a Trust issues the related  Securities,  shall be referred
to as the "Issuer" with respect to such Securities.

         Upon the issuance of the  Securities  of a given  series,  the proceeds
from  such  issuance  will be used  by the  Depositor  to  acquire  the  related
Receivables from the related  Originator.  The related Servicer will service the
related Receivables pursuant to the applicable Servicing Agreement,  and will be
compensated for acting as the Servicer.  To facilitate servicing and to minimize
administrative burden and expense, the Servicers may be appointed custodians for
the related  Receivables by each Trustee and the Depositor,  as may be set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         If the protection  provided to the  Securityholders of a given class by
the  subordination  of another  Class of  Securities  of such  series and by the
availability  of the funds in the reserve  account,  if any, or any other Credit
Enhancement for such series is insufficient,  the Issuer must rely solely on the
payments  from the Lessees on the related  Contracts,  and the proceeds from the
sale of Equipment which secure or are leased under the Defaulted  Contracts.  In
such event,  certain factors may affect such Issuer's  ability to realize on the
collateral  securing  such  Contracts,  and thus may reduce the  proceeds  to be
distributed to the Securityholders of such series.

                                 THE RECEIVABLES

Receivables Pools

         Information  with respect to the Receivables in each Trust Fund will be
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement,  including,  the identity of the
related   Originator(s),   the  related  underwriting  criteria  and  collection
policies,  together  with, to the extent  appropriate,  the  composition of such
Receivables and the distribution of such Receivables by equipment type,  payment
frequency and current principal balance as of the applicable Cut-off Date.


                                       20
<PAGE>

Delinquencies, Repossessions, and Net Losses

         Certain information relating to the related  Originator's  delinquency,
repossession and net loss experience with respect to Contracts it has originated
or acquired will be set forth in each Prospectus  Supplement.  This  information
may include, among other things, the experience with respect to all Contracts in
such  Originator's   portfolio  during  certain  specified  periods,   including
Contracts  which may not meet the criteria for selection as a Receivable for any
particular  Trust  Fund.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  delinquency,
repossession and net loss experience on any Trust Fund will be comparable to the
related Originator's prior experience.

Maturity and Prepayment Considerations

         As more fully  described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if a
Contract permits a Prepayment,  such payment, together with accelerated payments
resulting from defaults,  will shorten the weighted  average life of the related
pool of Receivables and the weighted average life of the related Securities. The
rate of  Prepayments  on the  Receivables  may be  influenced  by a  variety  of
economic, financial and other factors. In addition, under certain circumstances,
the Depositor or the related Originator will be obligated to acquire Receivables
from the  related  Trust Fund  pursuant to the  applicable  Trust  Agreement  or
Receivables Acquisition Agreement as a result of breaches of representations and
warranties.   Any   reinvestment   risks  resulting  from  a  faster  or  slower
amortization of the related  Securities  which results from  Prepayments will be
borne entirely by the related Securityholders.

         The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will set forth certain  additional
information   with  respect  to  the  maturity  and  prepayment   considerations
applicable  to a  particular  pool of  Receivables  and the  related  series  of
Securities, together with a description of any applicable prepayment penalties.

Acquisition of Receivables From Originators

         The  Receivables  underlying a Series of Securities will be acquired by
the Depositor,  either  directly or through  affiliates  (such as a Transferor),
from the related  Originator  pursuant to a  Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement
between the Depositor or such affiliate and each such Originator.

         The Depositor expects that,  unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  each Receivable so acquired will have been originated by
the Originator thereof in accordance with the underwriting criteria specified in
such  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement,  each Originator  will be an institution  experienced in
originating and servicing  equipment leases in accordance with accepted industry
practices and prudent  guidelines.  Unless otherwise  provided in the applicable
Prospectus  Supplement,  each  Originator  pursuant to the  related  Receivables
Acquisition  Agreement will make certain  representations  and warranties to the
Depositor  in respect of the related  Receivables;  the  material  terms of such
representations  and  warranties  will be set  forth in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement
with respect to each Series, the Depositor will assign all of its rights (except
certain  rights of  indemnification)  and  interest in the  related  Receivables
Acquisition   Agreement   to  the  related   Trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the
Securityholders  of such Series, and the Originator shall thereupon be liable to
the Trustee for  defective  or missing  documents  or an uncured  breach of such
Originator's  representations  or  warranties,  to the extent  described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

                                  POOL FACTORS

         The "Pool  Factor" for each Class of  Securities  will be a seven-digit
decimal, which the Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect
to such Class of  Securities,  indicating  the remaining  outstanding  principal
balance of such Class of  Securities  as of the  applicable  Payment  Date, as a
fraction  of  the  initial  outstanding  principal  balance  of  such  Class  of
Securities.  Each Pool Factor will be initially  1.0000000,  and thereafter will
decline  to  reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
applicable  Class of  Securities.  A  Securityholder's  portion of the aggregate
outstanding  principal balance of the related Class of Securities is the product
of (i) the original aggregate purchase price of such Securityholder's Securities
and (ii) the applicable Pool Factor.


                                       21
<PAGE>

         As more  specifically  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
with respect to each series of Securities, the related Securityholders of record
will  receive  reports on or about each  Payment  Date  concerning  the payments
received on the  Receivables,  the Pool  Balance (as such term is defined in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the "Pool Balance"), each Pool Factor and various
other items of information.  In addition,  Securityholders  of record during any
calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting purposes not later
than the latest date permitted by law.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The proceeds from the sale of the  Securities of a given series will be
applied by the Depositor to the acquisition of the related  Receivables from the
related Originator.  The Depositor expects that it will make additional sales of
securities  similar  to the  Securities  from time to time,  but the  timing and
amount  of any such  additional  offering  will be  dependent  upon a number  of
factors, including the volume of Contracts acquired by the Depositor, prevailing
interest rates, availability of funds and general market conditions.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation,  formerly known as
P-B Secured  Financing  Corporation (the  "Depositor"),  was incorporated in the
State of Delaware on August 26, 1988 as a wholly-owned,  limited purpose finance
subsidiary  of  Prudential   Securities  Group  Inc.  (a  wholly-owned  indirect
subsidiary of The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of America).  The  Depositor's
principal  executive offices are located at 130 John Street,  New York, New York
10038. Its telephone number is (212) 214-7435.

         As described herein under "The Trust Funds," the only  obligations,  if
any, of the Depositor  with respect to a Series of Securities may be pursuant to
certain  limited  representations  and  warranties and limited  undertakings  to
repurchase  or  substitute  Receivables  under  certain  circumstances.   Unless
otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  the Depositor will
have no  servicing  obligations  or  responsibilities  with respect to any Trust
Fund. The Depositor does not have, nor is it expected in the future to have, any
significant assets.

         As specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  the Servicer  with
respect to any Series of  Securities  may be an affiliate of the  Depositor.  As
described under "The Trust Fund," the Depositor may acquire  Receivables through
or from an affiliate.

         Neither the Depositor nor Prudential  Securities  Group Inc. nor any of
its  affiliates,  including The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America,  will
insure or guarantee the Certificates of any Series.

                                   THE TRUSTEE

         The Trustee  for each series of  Securities  will be  specified  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Trustee's  liability in connection with the
issuance  and sale of the related  Securities  is limited  solely to the express
obligations of such Trustee set forth in the related Trust Agreement.

         With respect to each series of Securities, no resignation or removal of
the Trustee and no  appointment  of a successor  Trustee shall become  effective
until the acceptance of appointment  by the successor  Trustee.  The Trustee may
resign for cause at any time by giving  written  notice thereof to the Depositor
and by mailing notice of resignation by first-class  mail,  postage prepaid,  to
the  Securityholders of such series at their addresses appearing on the Security
Register.  The  Trustee  may be  removed  at any time by  written  notice of the
holders of Securities evidencing more than 50% of the voting rights with respect
to such series, delivered to the Trustee and the Depositor,  unless an alternate
method is described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  If the Trustee shall
resign,  be removed,  or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur
in the office of Trustee for any cause,  the Depositor shall promptly  appoint a
successor  Trustee.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the
Depositor or the Securityholders, or if no successor Trustee shall have accepted
appointment  within 30 days after 


                                       22
<PAGE>

any such  resignation or removal,  existence of  incapability,  or occurrence of
such  vacancy,  the  Trustee or any  Securityholder  may  petition  any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

General

         The Securities will be issued in series. Each series of Securities (or,
in certain instances,  two or more series of Securities) will be issued pursuant
to  a  Trust  Agreement.  The  following  summaries  (together  with  additional
summaries  under "The Trust  Agreement"  below)  describe all material terms and
provisions  relating  to the  Securities  common to each  Trust  Agreement.  The
summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in
their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the Trust Agreement for
the related Securities and the related Prospectus Supplement.

         All of the  Securities  offered  pursuant  to this  Prospectus  and the
related  Prospectus  Supplement  will be rated in one of the four highest rating
categories by one or more Rating Agencies.

         The Securities will generally be styled as debt  instruments,  having a
principal  balance and a specified  Interest  Rate.  The  Securities  may either
represent  beneficial ownership interests in the related Receivables held by the
related Trust or debt secured by certain assets of the related Issuer.

         Each series or Class of Securities  offered pursuant to this Prospectus
may have a different Interest Rate, which may be a fixed or adjustable  interest
rate. The related Prospectus  Supplement will specify the Interest Rate for each
series or Class of Securities  described  therein,  or the initial interest rate
and the method for determining subsequent changes to the Interest Rate.

         A series may include one or more Classes of Strip  Securities  entitled
(i) to principal  distributions,  with disproportionate,  nominal or no interest
distributions, or (ii) to interest distributions, with disproportionate, nominal
or no principal  distributions.  In addition, a series of Securities may include
two or more Classes of Securities  that differ as to timing,  sequential  order,
priority of payment,  Interest  Rate or amount of  distribution  of principal or
interest or both, or as to which  distributions of principal or interest or both
on any Class may be made upon the occurrence of specified  events, in accordance
with a schedule  or  formula,  or on the basis of  collections  from  designated
portions of the related pool of Receivables.  Any such series may include one or
more Classes of Accrual  Securities,  as to which certain accrued  interest will
not be distributed but rather will be added to the principal balance (or nominal
balance,  in the case of Accrual  Securities  which are also  Strip  Securities)
thereof on each Payment Date, as hereinafter defined, or in the manner described
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         If so  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a series may
include one or more other Classes of Senior Securities that are senior to one or
more other Classes of Subordinate Securities in respect of certain distributions
of principal and interest and allocations of losses on Receivables.

         In addition,  certain Classes of Senior (or Subordinate) Securities may
be senior to other Classes of Senior (or  Subordinate)  Securities in respect of
such distributions or losses.

General Payment Terms of Securities

         As provided in the related  Trust  Agreement  and as  described  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  Securityholders  will be  entitled  to receive
payments on their Securities on the specified Payment Dates.  Payment Dates with
respect to the Securities will occur monthly,  quarterly or semi-  annually,  as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  the  Record  Date
preceding  such Payment  Date,  as of which the Trustee or its paying agent will
fix the identity of the Securityholders for the purpose of receiving payments on
the next  succeeding  Payment  Date.  As more  fully  described  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, the 


                                       23
<PAGE>

Payment Date may be the fifteenth or twenty-fifth  day of each month (or, in the
case of  quarterly-pay  Securities,  the fifteenth or twenty-fifth  day of every
third month;  and in the case of semi-annual  pay  Securities,  the fifteenth or
twenty-fifth  day of every sixth month) and the Record Date will be the close of
business as of the last day of the  calendar  month that  precedes  the calendar
month in which such Payment Date occurs.

         Each Trust Agreement will describe a Remittance  Period  preceding each
Payment Date (for example, in the case of monthly-pay  Securities,  the calendar
month  preceding  the  month in which a  Payment  Date  occurs).  As more  fully
provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  collections received on or with
respect to the related  Receivables  held by a Trust during a Remittance  Period
will be required to be remitted by the related  Servicer to the related  Trustee
prior  to the  related  Payment  Date  and  will be used  to  fund  payments  to
Securityholders  on  such  Payment  Date.  As may be  described  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the related  Trust  Agreement may provide that all or a
portion of the payments collected on or with respect to the related  Receivables
may  be  applied  by  the  related  Trustee  to the  acquisition  of  additional
Receivables  during a specified  period (rather than be used to fund payments of
principal  to  Securityholders  during  such  period)  with the result  that the
related Securities will possess an interest-only  period, also commonly referred
to as a revolving period,  which will be followed by an amortization period. Any
such  interest  only or revolving  period may,  upon the  occurrence  of certain
events to be described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  terminate prior to
the  end of the  specified  period  and  result  in the  earlier  than  expected
amortization of the related Securities.

         In  addition,  and as  may  be  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the related  Trust  Agreement  may provide that all or a portion of
such  collected  payments  may be retained  by the Trustee  (and held in certain
temporary  investments,  including  Receivables) for a specified period prior to
being used to fund payments of principal to Securityholders.

         Such  retention  and  temporary  investment  by  the  Trustee  of  such
collected  payments  may be  required  by the related  Trust  Agreement  for the
purposes of (a) slowing the amortization rate of the related Securities relative
to the rent payment  schedule of the related  Receivables,  or (b) attempting to
match  the  amortization  rate  of the  related  Securities  to an  amortization
schedule  established at the time such  Securities are issued.  Any such feature
applicable to any  Securities  may terminate upon the occurrence of events to be
described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  resulting in distributions to
the specified  Securityholders  and an acceleration of the  amortization of such
Securities.

         Neither  the  Securities  nor  the  underlying   Receivables   will  be
guaranteed  or  insured by any  governmental  agency or  instrumentality  or the
Depositor,  the related Servicer, the related Originator,  any Trustee or any of
their  respective  affiliates  unless  specifically  set  forth  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

         As may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement, Securities of
each  series  covered by a  particular  Trust  Agreement  will  either  evidence
specified  beneficial  ownership  interest  in a  separate  Trust  Fund  created
pursuant to such Trust  Agreement or represent debt secured by the related Trust
Fund.  To the extent that any Trust Fund  includes  certificates  of interest or
participations in Receivables,  the related Prospectus  Supplement will describe
the material terms and conditions of such certificates or participations.

Master Trusts

         As may be described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each Trust
Agreement may provide that, pursuant to any one or more supplements thereto, the
Depositor  may direct the related  Trustee to issue from time to time new series
subject to the  conditions  described  below (each such issuance a "Master Trust
New  Issuance").  Each  Master  Trust  New  Issuance  will  have the  effect  of
decreasing  the Equity  Interest in the related  Master  Trust.  Under each such
Master Trust Agreement,  the Depositor may designate,  with respect to any newly
issued series:  (i) its name or designation;  (ii) its initial  principal amount
(or method for calculating such amount); (iii) its Interest Rate (or formula for
the  determination  thereof);  (iv) the Payment Dates and the date or dates from
which  interest  shall  accrue;  (v) the method for  allocating  collections  to
Securityholders of such series; (vi) any bank accounts to be used by such series
and the terms  governing  the  operation  of any such bank  accounts;  (vii) the
percentage used to calculate  monthly  servicing  fees;  (viii) the provider and
terms of any form of Credit Enhancement with respect thereto;  (ix) the terms on
which the  Securities of such series may be  repurchased  or remarketed to other
investors;  


                                       24
<PAGE>

(x) the number of Classes  of  Securities  of such  series,  and if such  series
consists of more than one Class,  the rights and  priorities of each such Class;
(xi) the extent to which the  Securities  of such  series  will be  issuable  in
book-entry  form;  (xii) the  priority of such series with  respect to any other
series; and (xiii) any other relevant terms. None of the Depositor,  the related
Servicer,  the  related  Trustee or any Master  Trust is  required or intends to
obtain the consent of any  Securityholder of any outstanding series to issue any
additional series.

         Each Master Trust  Agreement  provides that the Depositor may designate
terms such that each Master Trust New Issuance has an amortization  period which
may have a different  length and begin on a different date than such periods for
any series  previously  issued by the related Master Trust and then outstanding.
Moreover,  each  Master  Trust  New  Issuance  may have the  benefits  of Credit
Enhancements issued by enhancement providers different from the providers of the
Credit Enhancement,  if any, with respect to any series previously issued by the
related Master Trust and then  outstanding.  Under each Master Trust  Agreement,
the related Trustee shall hold any such Credit Enhancement only on behalf of the
Securityholders  to which such Credit  Enhancement  relates.  The Depositor will
have the option under each Master Trust Agreement to vary among series the terms
upon which a series may be  repurchased  by the  Issuer or  remarketed  to other
investors. As more fully described in a related Prospectus Supplement,  there is
no limit to the number of Master  Trust New  Issuances  that the  Depositor  may
cause under a Master Trust  Agreement.  Each Master Trust will terminate only as
provided in the related Master Trust  Agreement.  There can be no assurance that
the  terms of any  Master  Trust  New  Issuance  might not have an impact on the
timing and amount of payments  received  by  Securityholders  of another  series
issued by the same Master Trust.

         Under each Master Trust Agreement and pursuant to a related supplement,
a Master  Trust New  Issuance  may only occur upon the  satisfaction  of certain
conditions  provided in each such Master Trust Agreement.  The obligation of the
related  Trustee to  authenticate  the  Securities  of any such Master Trust New
Issuance and to execute and deliver the  supplement to the related  Master Trust
Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:  (a) on or
before the fifth  business  day  immediately  preceding  the date upon which the
Master  Trust New  Issuance  is to occur,  the  Depositor  shall  have given the
related  Trustee,  the related  Servicer,  the Rating Agency and certain related
providers of Credit Enhancement, if any, written notice of such Master Trust New
Issuance and the date upon which the Master Trust New Issuance is to occur;  (b)
the Depositor  shall have  delivered to the related  Trustee a supplement to the
related Master Trust Agreement,  in form satisfactory to such Trustee,  executed
by each party to the related Master Trust Agreement other than such Trustee; (c)
the Depositor  shall have  delivered to the related  Trustee any related  Credit
Enhancement agreement;  (d) the related Trustee shall have received confirmation
from the Rating  Agency that such Master Trust New  Issuance  will not result in
any Rating Agency  reducing or withdrawing  its rating with respect to any other
series or Class of such Trust (any such  reduction or  withdrawal is referred to
herein as a "Ratings  Effect");  (e) the Depositor  shall have  delivered to the
related Trustee,  the Rating Agency and certain providers of Credit Enhancement,
if any, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the related Trustee that for federal
income tax  purposes  (i)  following  such Master Trust New Issuance the related
Master  Trust  will not be  deemed  to be an  association  (or  publicly  traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation,  (ii) such Master Trust New Issuance will
not affect the tax  characterization  as debt of Securities  of any  outstanding
series or Class issued by such Master Trust that were  characterized  as debt at
the time of their  issuance and (iii) such Master  Trust New  Issuance  will not
cause or  constitute  an event in which gain or loss would be  recognized by any
Securityholders  or the  related  Master  Trust;  and (f) any  other  conditions
specified in any  supplement.  Upon  satisfaction of the above  conditions,  the
related  Trustee  shall  execute  the  supplement  to the related  Master  Trust
Agreement and issue the Securities of such new series.

Book-Entry Registration

         As   may  be   described   in  the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,
Securityholders  of a given series may hold their Securities through DTC (in the
United  States) or CEDEL or Euroclear  (in Europe) if they are  participants  of
such systems, or indirectly through  organizations that are participants in such
systems.

         Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the global Securities in respect of
a given series. CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the
CEDEL Participants (as defined below) and the Euroclear Participants (as defined
below)  (collectively,  the  "Participants"),  respectively,  through customers'
securities  accounts  in  CEDEL's  and  Euroclear's  names on the books of their
respective  depositaries  (collectively,  the "Depositaries") 


                                       25
<PAGE>

which in turn will hold such positions in customers'  securities accounts in the
Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.

         DTC is a limited purpose trust company  organized under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within  the  meaning of the New York UCC and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its  Participants  and to facilitate the clearance and settlement
of securities transactions between Participants through electronic book-entries,
thereby  eliminating  the need for physical  movement of notes or  certificates.
Participants include securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies and
clearing  corporations.  Indirect  access to the DTC system also is available to
others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or
maintain  a  custodial  relationship  with a  Participant,  either  directly  or
indirectly ("Indirect Participants").

         Transfers  between DTC  Participants  will occur in accordance with DTC
rules.  Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants  will
occur  in the  ordinary  way in  accordance  with  their  applicable  rules  and
operating procedures.

         Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depositary;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadlines  (European  time). The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.

         Because of time-zone  differences,  credits of  securities  in CEDEL or
Euroclear  as a result  of a  transaction  with a DTC  Participant  will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement  processing,  dated the business day
following the DTC settlement  date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant CEDEL
Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  on such  business  day. Cash received in
CEDEL or  Euroclear  as a result of sales of  securities  by or  through a CEDEL
Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant to a DTC  Participant  will be received
with value on the DTC  settlement  date but will be  available  in the  relevant
CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement
in DTC.

         The  Securityholders  of a given  series that are not  Participants  or
Indirect  Participants  but  desire  to  purchase,  sell or  otherwise  transfer
ownership of, or other  interests  in,  Securities of such series may do so only
through Participants and Indirect Participants. In addition,  Securityholders of
a given series will receive all  distributions of principal and interest through
the  Participants  who in turn will  receive  them from DTC.  Under a book-entry
format,  Securityholders  of a given series may  experience  some delay in their
receipt of payments,  since such  payments  will be forwarded by the  applicable
Trustee to Cede,  as nominee  for DTC.  DTC will  forward  such  payments to its
Participants,  which  thereafter  will forward them to Indirect  Participants or
such  Securityholders.  It is  anticipated  that  the only  "Securityholder"  in
respect of any series will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Securityholder of a given
series  will not be  recognized  as  Securityholders  of such  series,  and such
Securityholders  will be permitted to exercise the rights of  Securityholders of
such series only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.

         Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to make book-entry  transfers
of Securities of a given series among  Participants on whose behalf it acts with
respect  to  such  Securities  and to  receive  and  transmit  distributions  of
principal  of, and  interest  on, such  Securities.  Participants  and  Indirect
Participants with which the Securityholders of a given series have accounts with
respect to such Securities  similarly are required to make book-entry  transfers
and  receive  and  transmit  such   payments  on  behalf  of  their   respective
Securityholders of such series. Accordingly,  although such Securityholders will
not possess Securities, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Participants will
receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.


                                       26
<PAGE>

         Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf  of  Indirect   Participants   and  certain  banks,   the  ability  of  a
Securityholder  of a given series to pledge Securities of such series to persons
or entities that do not participate in the DTC system,  or to otherwise act with
respect  to such  Securities,  may be  limited  due to the  lack  of a  physical
certificate for such Securities.

         DTC will advise the Trustee in respect of each Series that it will take
any action permitted to be taken by a Securityholder  of the related series only
at the  direction of one or more  Participants  to whose  accounts  with DTC the
Securities of such series are credited.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions with
respect to other  undivided  interests to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.

         CEDEL is  incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg as a  professional
depository.  CEDEL holds securities for its participating  organizations ("CEDEL
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of CEDEL  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to its  CEDEL
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to CEDEL is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for  participants  of
the  Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and  to  clear  and  settle
transactions  between Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous  electronic
book-entry  delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of  certificates  and any risk from lack of  simultaneous  transfers of
securities  and cash.  Transactions  may now be settled in any of 28 currencies,
including  United States dollars.  The Euroclear  System includes  various other
services,  including  securities  lending  and  borrowing  and  interfaces  with
domestic markets in several countries  generally similar to the arrangements for
cross-market transfers with DTC described above. Euroclear is operated by Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York,  Brussels,  Belgium  office,  under contract
with Euroclear Clearance System,  S.C., a Belgian  cooperative  corporation (the
"Cooperative").  All operations  are conducted by the  "Euroclear  Operator" (as
defined below),  and all Euroclear  securities  clearance accounts and Euroclear
cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The
Cooperative  establishes  policy for the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear
Participants.  Euroclear  Participants  include banks (including central banks),
securities brokers and dealers and other professional  financial  intermediaries
and may include the  Underwriters.  Indirect  access to the Euroclear  System is
also  available  to other  firms that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         The  "Euroclear  Operator" is the Belgian  branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

         Securities  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of  securities  and cash within the  Euroclear  System,  withdrawal of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System.  All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear  Participants and has no record
of relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

         Except as required by law,  the Trustee in respect of a series will not
have any liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made or
account of  beneficial  ownership  interests of the related  Securities  held by


                                       27
<PAGE>

Cede,  as nominee for DTC, or for  maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing  any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Definitive Notes

         As  may  be  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,   the
Securities will be issued in fully  registered,  certificated  form ("Definitive
Securities") to the Securityholders of a given series or their nominees,  rather
than to DTC or its  nominee,  only if (i) the  Trustee in respect of the related
series  advises in writing  that DTC is no longer  willing or able to  discharge
properly its  responsibilities as depository with respect to such Securities and
such Trustee is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (ii) such Trustee,  at
its option, elects to terminate the book-entry-system through DTC or (iii) after
the occurrence of an "Event of Default" under the related Indenture or a default
by the Servicer under the related Trust Agreements, Securityholders representing
at least a  majority  of the  outstanding  principal  amount of such  Securities
advise the applicable  Trustee through DTC in writing that the continuation of a
book-entry  system  through  DTC (or a  successor  thereto) is no longer in such
Securityholders' best interest.

         Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding
paragraph,   the  applicable  Trustee  will  be  required  to  notify  all  such
Securityholders   through   Participants  of  the   availability  of  Definitive
Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive  certificates  representing
such Securities and receipt of instructions for re-registration,  the applicable
Trustee  will  reissue  such   Securities  as  Definitive   Securities  to  such
Securityholders.

         Distributions  of principal of, and interest on, such  Securities  will
thereafter be made by the applicable  Trustee in accordance  with the procedures
set forth in the related  Indenture  or Trust  Agreement  directly to holders of
Definitive  Securities in whose names the Definitive  Securities were registered
at the close of  business  on the  applicable  Record  Date  specified  for such
Securities in the related Prospectus Supplement. Such distributions will be made
by check  mailed to the  address of such  holder as it  appears on the  register
maintained by the  applicable  Trustee.  The final payment on any such Security,
however,  will be made only upon  presentation and surrender of such Security at
the  office or agency  specified  in the  notice  of final  distribution  to the
applicable Securityholders.

         Definitive  Securities in respect of a given series of Securities  will
be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the applicable  Trustee or of
a  certificate  registrar  named  in a  notice  delivered  to  holders  of  such
Definitive Securities. No service charge will be imposed for any registration of
transfer or exchange,  but the applicable  Trustee may require  payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge imposed in connection
therewith.

Reports to Securityholders

         With respect to each series of Securities,  on or prior to each Payment
Date for such series,  the related  Servicer or the related Trustee will forward
or cause to be forwarded to each holder of record of such class of  Securities a
statement or statements with respect to the related Trust Fund setting forth the
information   specifically  described  in  the  related  Trust  Agreement  which
generally will include the following information:

               (i) the amount of the distribution  with respect to each class of
          Securities;

               (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal;

               (iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

               (iv) the Pool Balance, if applicable, as of the close of business
          on the last day of the related Remittance Period;

               (v) the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  and the Pool
          Factor  for each  Class  of  Securities  after  giving  effect  to all
          payments reported under (ii) above on such Payment Date;

               (vi) the amount paid to the Servicer, if any, with respect to the
          related Remittance Period;


                                       28
<PAGE>

               (vii)  the  amount  of  the   aggregate   purchase   amounts  for
          Receivables  that have been  reacquired,  if any, for such  Remittance
          Period; and

               (viii)  the  amount  of  coverage  under any  letter  of  credit,
          financial guaranty insurance policy,  reserve account or other form of
          credit  enhancement  covering default risk as of the close of business
          on the  applicable  Payment  Date  and a  description  of  any  Credit
          Enhancement substituted therefor.

         Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses  (i), (ii),  (iii) and (v)
with  respect to the  Securities  of any series  will be  expressed  as a dollar
amount per  $1,000 of the  initial  principal  balance  of such  Securities,  as
applicable.

         Within the prescribed  period of time for tax reporting  purposes after
the end of each  calendar  year,  the  applicable  Trustee  will  provide to the
Securityholders  a statement  containing the amounts described in (ii) and (iii)
above for that  calendar year and any other  information  required by applicable
tax laws, for the purpose of the Securityholders'  preparation of federal income
tax returns.

                       DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST AGREEMENTS

         The following  summary  describes certain terms of each Trust Agreement
pursuant  to which a Trust Fund will be created and the  related  Securities  in
respect of such Trust Fund will be issued. For purposes of this Prospectus,  the
term "Trust Agreement" as used with respect to a Trust means, collectively,  and
except  as  otherwise  specified,   any  and  all  agreements  relating  to  the
establishment of the related Trust, the servicing of the related Receivables and
the  issuance  of the  related  Securities,  including  without  limitation  the
Indenture,  (i.e.  pursuant to which any Notes  shall be  issued).  Forms of the
Trust  Agreement  have been filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement of
which the Prospectus  forms a part. The summary does not purport to be complete.
It is qualified in its  entirety by  reference  to the  provisions  of the Trust
Agreements.

Acquisition of the Receivables Pursuant to a Receivables Acquisition Agreement

         On the  Closing  Date  specified  with  respect to any given  series of
Securities,  the Depositor will acquire the related Receivables from the related
Originator pursuant to a Receivables  Acquisition Agreement.  The Depositor will
either transfer such Receivables to a Trust pursuant to a Pooling Agreement,  or
will  pledge  the  Depositor's  right,  title  and  interests  in  and  to  such
Receivables to a Trustee on behalf of Securityholders  pursuant to an Indenture.
The rights and  benefits of the  Depositor  under such  Receivables  Acquisition
Agreement  will be  assigned  to the  Trustee  on behalf of  Securityholders  as
collateral  for the  Securities  of the  related  series  issued  by a Trust  or
pursuant to an  Indenture.  The  obligations  of the  Depositor  and the related
Servicer under such Trust  Agreements  include those  specified below and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

         As more fully  described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Depositor  and/or the related  Originator  will be obligated to acquire from the
related  Trust Fund its  interest in any  Receivable  transferred  to a Trust or
pledged  to a Trustee  on  behalf  of  Securityholders  if the  interest  of the
Securityholders  therein is  materially  adversely  affected  by a breach of any
representation or warranty made by the Depositor or the related  Originator with
respect  to such  Receivable,  which  breach has not been  cured  following  the
discovery by or notice to the  Depositor  of the breach.  To the extent that the
Depositor so acquires any Receivables,  the related Originator will be obligated
to  acquire  such  Receivables  from  the  Depositor  pursuant  to  the  related
Receivables   Acquisition  Agreement   contemporaneously  with  the  Depositor's
acquisition of its interest in such  Receivables from the applicable Trust Fund.
The obligation of the Depositor to acquire any such  Receivables with respect to
which an Originator has breached a representation or warranty is subject to such
Originator's acquisition of such Receivables from the Depositor. In addition, if
so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Depositor may from time
to time reacquire  certain  Receivables or substitute other Receivables for such
Receivable held by a Trust Fund subject to specified conditions set forth in the
related Trust Agreement and Receivables Acquisition Agreement.


                                       29
<PAGE>

Accounts

         With  respect  to each  series of  Securities  issued  by a Trust,  the
related Servicer will establish and maintain with the applicable  Trustee one or
more  accounts,   in  the  name  of  such  Trustee  on  behalf  of  the  related
Securityholders,  into which all payments made on or with respect to the related
Receivables will be deposited (the "Collection Account"). The Servicer will also
establish and maintain with such Trustee separate accounts,  in the name of such
Trustee on behalf of such  Securityholders,  in which amounts  released from the
Collection Account and the reserve account or other Credit Enhancement,  if any,
for  distribution  to such  Securityholders  will be  deposited  and from  which
distributions to such Securityholders will be made (the "Distribution Account").

         Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including
any reserve account, will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         For any series of  Securities,  funds in the  Collection  Account,  the
Distribution  Account, any reserve account and other accounts identified as such
in the related Prospectus Supplement (collectively,  the "Trust Accounts") shall
be invested as provided in the related Trust Agreement in Eligible  Investments.
"Eligible  Investments" are generally  limited to investments  acceptable to the
Rating Agencies as being consistent with the rating of such Securities.  Subject
to certain conditions, Eligible Investments may include securities issued by the
Depositor,  the related  Originator,  the related  Servicer or their  respective
affiliates or other trusts created by the Depositor or its affiliates. Except as
described below or in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  Eligible  Investments
are limited to obligations or securities that mature not later than the business
day immediately preceding the related Payment Date. However,  subject to certain
conditions, funds in the reserve account may be invested in securities that will
not mature  prior to the date of the next  distribution  and will not be sold to
meet any shortfalls. Thus, the amount of cash in any reserve account at any time
may be less than the balance of such reserve account.  If the amount required to
be withdrawn from any reserve account to cover  shortfalls in collections on the
related  Receivables  exceeds  the  amount  of cash in such  reserve  account  a
temporary  shortfall in the amounts  distributed to the related  Securityholders
could result,  which could, in turn, increase the average life of the Securities
of  such  series.  Except  as  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  investment  earnings on funds  deposited  in the  applicable  Trust
Accounts,  net of losses  and  investment  expenses  (collectively,  "Investment
Earnings"),  shall be deposited  in the  applicable  Collection  Account on each
Payment  Date and shall be treated as  collections  of  interest  on the related
Receivables.

         The Trust  Accounts will be maintained  as Eligible  Deposit  Accounts.
"Eligible  Deposit  Account"  means  either  (a) a  segregated  account  with an
Eligible  Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District of Columbia
(or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank),  having  corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds  deposited  in such  account,  so long as any of the
securities of such  depository  institution has a credit rating from each Rating
Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.
"Eligible  Institution"  means, with respect to a Trust, (a) the corporate trust
department  of  the  related  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  related  Trustee,  as
applicable,  or (b) a  depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the
United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District  of
Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign  bank),  which (i) (A) has either
(w) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or (x) a
short-term  unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to
the  Rating  Agencies  or (B) the parent  corporation  of which has either (y) a
long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  acceptable  to the Rating  Agencies or (z) a
short-term  unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to
the Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

         To the extent  that an  Originator's  or a  Servicer's  unsecured  debt
ratings are acceptable to the Rating  Agencies,  amounts  deposited to any Trust
Account may be  commingled  with  Originator's  or  Servicer's  general  account
moneys.  Any rights to so  commingle  moneys  will be  described  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.


The Servicer

         The Servicer  under each Trust  Agreement  will be named in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The entity serving as Servicer may be an affiliate of the
Depositor and may have other  business  relationships  with the Depositor or the
Depositor's  affiliates.  The Servicer  with respect to each Series will service
the  Receivables  


                                       30
<PAGE>

contained  in the Trust Fund for such  Series.  Any  Servicer  may  delegate its
servicing  responsibilities  to one  or  more  sub-servicers,  but  will  not be
relieved of its liabilities with respect thereto.

         Each  Servicer  will  make  certain   representations   and  warranties
regarding  its  authority  to  enter  into,  and  its  ability  to  perform  its
obligations  under,  the related Trust  Agreement.  An uncured  breach of such a
representation or warranty that in any respect  materially and adversely affects
the interests of the Securityholders  will constitute a Servicer Default by such
Servicer under the related Trust Agreement.


Servicing Procedures

         Each Trust  Agreement will provide that the related  Servicer will make
reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due with respect to the  Receivables
held in the  related  Trust Fund and,  in a manner  consistent  with the related
Trust  Agreement,  will  continue  such  collection  procedures as such Servicer
follows with respect to the particular type of Receivable in the particular pool
it services for itself and others.  Consistent with its normal  procedures,  the
Servicer may, in its discretion and on a  case-by-case  basis,  arrange with the
Lessee on a Receivable  to extend or modify the payment  schedule.  Some of such
arrangements  (including,  without  limitation  any  extension  of  the  payment
schedule beyond the final scheduled Payment Date for the related  Securities may
result in the Servicer  acquiring  such  Receivable if such  Contract  becomes a
Defaulted Contract.  The Servicer may sell the Equipment securing the respective
Defaulted  Contract,  if any,  at a public or  private  sale,  or take any other
action   permitted  by  applicable  law.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the
Receivables".

         The  material   aspects  of  any  particular   Servicer's   collections
procedures will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Payments on Receivables

         With respect to each series of  Securities,  the related  Servicer will
deposit all payments on the related  Receivables  (from whatever source) and all
proceeds of such  Receivables  collected within two (2) business days of receipt
thereof  in the  related  collection  facility,  such as a  lock-box  account or
collection  account.  Moneys  deposited in such collection  facility for a Trust
Fund may be  commingled  with funds  from other  sources.  As  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  the related Servicer will be required to deposit
payments on the related Receivables (from whatever source) collected during each
collection  period  (each,  a "Collection  Period") into the related  Collection
Account  on a  specified  day each  month.  Pending  deposit  into  the  related
Collection  Account,  collections in such collection facility may be invested by
the related  Servicer at its own risk and for its own  benefit,  and will not be
segregated from funds of the related Servicer.

Servicing Compensation

         As may be described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement with respect
to any series of  securities  issued by a Trust,  the related  Servicer  will be
entitled to receive a servicing fee for each  Collection  Period (the "Servicing
Fee") in an amount  equal to a specified  percentage  per annum (as set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Servicing Fee Rate") of the value of the
assets held in the related  Trust  Fund,  generally  as of the first day of such
Collection  Period.  Each  Prospectus  Supplement  and Servicing  Agreement will
specify  the  priority  of  distributions  with  respect  to the  Servicing  Fee
(together  with any portion of the Servicing Fee that remains  unpaid from prior
Payment Dates),  such Servicing Fee may be paid prior to any distribution to the
related Securityholders.

         Each Servicer  will also collect and retain any late fees,  the penalty
portion of interest  paid on past due amounts and other  administrative  fees or
similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the  Receivables,  and
will be  entitled  to  reimbursement  from each Trust for  certain  liabilities.
Payments by or on behalf of Lessees will be allocated to scheduled  payments and
late fees and other charges in accordance with such Servicer's  normal practices
and procedures.

         The Servicing Fee will  compensate the related  Servicer for performing
the functions of a third party  servicer of similar types of  receivables  as an
agent for their beneficial owner, including collecting and posting all 


                                       31
<PAGE>

payments,  responding  to  inquiries  of  Lessees  on the  related  Receivables,
investigating  delinquencies,  sending payment coupons to Lessees, reporting tax
information to Lessees,  paying costs of collection and disposition of defaults,
and policing the collateral.  The Servicing Fee also will compensate the related
Servicer for administering the related  Receivables,  accounting for collections
and furnishing statements to the applicable Trustee and the applicable Indenture
Trustee,  if any,  with respect to  distributions.  The  Servicing Fee also will
reimburse  the related  Servicer for certain  taxes,  accounting  fees,  outside
auditor fees, data processing  costs and other costs incurred in connection with
administering the Receivables.

Distributions

         With  respect to each series of  Securities,  beginning  on the Payment
Date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  distributions of principal
and interest (or, where applicable, of principal or interest only) on each Class
of such  Securities  entitled  thereto will be made by the applicable  Indenture
Trustee   to   the   Noteholders   and  by  the   applicable   Trustee   to  the
Certificateholders of such series. The timing, calculation,  allocation,  order,
source,  priorities of and  requirements  for each class of Noteholders  and all
distributions  to each class of  Certificateholders  of such  series will be set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         With  respect  to each  series  of  Securities,  on each  Payment  Date
collections on the related  Receivables  will be transferred from the Collection
Account  to  the  Distribution  Account  for  distribution  to  Securityholders,
respectively,  to the extent  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
Credit  Enhancement,  such as a reserve  account,  may be available to cover any
shortfalls in the amount  available for distribution on such date, to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  As more fully described in the
related  Prospectus   Supplement,   and  unless  otherwise   specified  therein,
distributions in respect of principal of a Class of Securities of a given series
will be subordinate to  distributions  in respect of interest on such Class, and
distributions  in respect of the  Certificates of such series may be subordinate
to payments in respect of the Notes of such series.

Credit and Cash Flow Enhancements

         The amounts and types of Credit Enhancement  arrangements,  if any, and
the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class of Securities of
a given series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. If and to
the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement may
be in the form of a Policy,  subordination of one or more Classes of Securities,
reserve accounts, overcollateralization,  letters of credit, credit or liquidity
facilities, third party payments or other support, surety bonds, guaranteed cash
deposits  or  such  other  arrangements  as may  be  described  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement or any  combination of two or more of the  foregoing.  If
specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  Credit  Enhancement  for a
Class of  Securities  may cover one or more other  Classes of  Securities of the
same series,  and Credit Enhancement for a series of Securities may cover one or
more other series of Securities.

         The  presence  of Credit  Enhancement  for the  benefit of any Class or
series of  Securities  is intended to enhance the  likelihood  of receipt by the
Securityholders  or such  Class or series of the full  amount of  principal  and
interest due thereon and to decrease the  likelihood  that such  Securityholders
will experience losses. As more specifically  provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the credit enhancement for a Class or series of Securities will not
provide protection against all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of
the entire principal balance and interest thereon.  If losses occur which exceed
the amount  covered by any Credit  Enhancement  or which are not  covered by any
Credit  Enhancement,  Securityholders  of any  Class or series  will bear  their
allocable  share  of  deficiencies,  as  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In addition,  if a form of Credit  Enhancement covers more than one
series of Securities,  Securityholders of any such series will be subject to the
risk  that  such  Credit   Enhancement  will  be  exhausted  by  the  claims  of
Securityholders of other series.

Statements to Indenture Trustees and Trustees

         Prior to each Payment  Date with respect to each series of  Securities,
the related Servicer will provide to the applicable Indenture Trustee and/or the
applicable  Trustee and Credit  Enhancer as of the close of business on the last
day of the  preceding  related  Collection  Period  a  statement  setting  forth
substantially the same information as is 


                                       32
<PAGE>

required to be provided in the periodic reports provided to  Securityholders  of
such  series  described  under  "Description  of  the   Securities--Reports   to
Securityholders".

Evidence as to Compliance

         Each Trust  Agreement  will provide that a firm of  independent  public
accountants  will furnish to the related Trust and/or the  applicable  Indenture
Trustee and Credit  Enhancer,  annually,  a statement  as to  compliance  by the
related  Servicer  during the  preceding  twelve  months (or, in the case of the
first  such  certificate,  the period  from the  applicable  Closing  Date) with
certain standards relating to the servicing of the Receivables.

         Each Trust  Agreement  will also  provide  for  delivery to the related
Trust and/or the  applicable  Indenture  Trustee of a  certificate  signed by an
officer of the related  Servicer stating that such Servicer either has fulfilled
its obligations under such Trust Agreement in all material  respects  throughout
the  preceding  12 months  (or, in the case of the first such  certificate,  the
period from the applicable  Closing Date) or, if there has been a default in the
fulfillment of any such obligation in any material respect, describing each such
default.  Each Servicer also will agree to give each Indenture  Trustee and each
Trustee  notice of certain  "Servicer  Defaults"  (as defined  below)  under the
related Trust Agreement.

         Copies  of  such  statements  and   certificates  may  be  obtained  by
Securityholders  by a request in writing  addressed to the applicable  Indenture
Trustee or the applicable Trustee.

         Certain  Matters  Regarding the  Servicers  Each Trust  Agreement  will
provide that the related Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties
as Servicer  thereunder,  except upon determination that the performance by such
Servicer of such duties is no longer  permissible  under applicable law. No such
resignation  will  become  effective  until the  related  Trustee or a successor
servicer has assumed such Servicer's servicing  obligations and duties under the
Trust Agreement.

         Except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Trust Agreement will further  provide that neither the related  Servicer nor any
of its respective directors,  officers,  employees, or agents shall be under any
liability to the related  Issuer or the related  Securityholders  for taking any
action  or for  refraining  from  taking  any  action  pursuant  to  such  Trust
Agreement,  or for errors in  judgment;  provided,  however,  that  neither such
Servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any liability that would
'otherwise  be  imposed  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence in the  performance  of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of
obligations  and duties  thereunder.  In  addition,  such Trust  Agreement  will
provide  that the  related  Servicer  is  under  no  obligation  to  appear  in,
prosecute,  or defend any legal action that is not  incidental  to its servicing
responsibilities  under such Trust Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause
it to incur any expense or liability.

         Under the  circumstances  specified  in any such Trust  Agreement,  any
entity into which the related  Servicer  may be merged or  consolidated,  or any
entity  resulting from any merger or  consolidation  to which such Servicer is a
party, or any entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer or, with respect
to its obligations as Servicer, which corporation or other entity in each of the
foregoing cases assumes the obligations of such Servicer,  will be the successor
to such Servicer under such Trust Agreement.

Servicer Default

         Except as  otherwise  provided  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
"Servicer  Default" under a Trust  Agreement will include (i) any failure by the
related Servicer to deliver to the applicable  Trustee for deposit in any of the
related  Trust  Accounts any required  payment or to direct such Trustee to make
any required  distributions  therefrom,  which failure continues  unremedied for
greater than three (3) Business Days after  written  notice from such Trustee is
received by such Servicer or after discovery by such Servicer;  (ii) any failure
by such Servicer or the related Originator,  as the case may be, duly to observe
or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement in such Trust
Agreement,  which failure  materially  and  adversely  affects the rights of the
related  Securityholders and which continues  unremedied for greater than ninety
(90)  days  after the  giving of  written  notice  of such  failure  (1) to such
Servicer  or the  related  Originator,  as the  case may be,  by the  applicable
Trustee or (2) to the  Servicer or the related  Originator,  as the case may be,
and  to  the  applicable  Trustee  by  holders  of the  related  


                                       33
<PAGE>

Securities, as applicable,  evidencing not less than 25% of the voting rights of
such  outstanding  Securities;  and (iii) any Insolvency  Event.  An "Insolvency
Event" shall mean financial  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of
assets and liabilities,  or similar  proceedings with respect to the Servicer or
the  related  Originator  and  certain  actions by the  Servicer  or the related
Originator  indicating  its  insolvency,  reorganization  pursuant to bankruptcy
proceedings, or inability to pay its obligations.

Rights upon Servicer Default

         As more fully described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  as long
as a Servicer Default under a Trust Agreement remains unremedied, the applicable
Trustee,  Credit  Enhancer  or  holders  of  Securities  of the  related  series
evidencing  not less than 25% of the  voting  rights  of such  then  outstanding
Securities may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer, if any,
under such Trust  Agreement,  whereupon a successor  servicer  appointed by such
Trustee or such  Trustee will  succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and
liabilities of the Servicer  under such Trust  Agreement and will be entitled to
similar compensation arrangements.  If, however, a bankruptcy trustee or similar
official has been appointed for the Servicer, and no Servicer Default other than
such appointment has occurred,  such bankruptcy trustee or official may have the
power to prevent the applicable Trustee or such Securityholders from effecting a
transfer of  servicing.  In the event that the Trustee is unwilling or unable to
so act, it may appoint,  or petition a court of competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment  of, a successor with a net worth of at least  $25,000,000 and whose
regular business  includes the servicing of a similar type of receivables.  Such
Trustee may make such  arrangements  for  compensation  to be paid,  which in no
event may be greater  than the  servicing  compensation  payable to the Servicer
under the related Trust Agreement.

Waiver of Past Defaults

         With  respect to each Trust  Fund,  unless  otherwise  provided  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement  and  subject  to the  approval  of  any  Credit
Enhancer,  the  holders of Notes  evidencing  at least a majority  of the voting
rights of such then outstanding Securities may, on behalf of all Securityholders
of the related Securities,  waive any default by the Servicer, or by the related
Originator,  in the  performance  of its  obligations  under the  related  Trust
Agreement and its consequences, except a default in making any required deposits
to or  payments  from any of the Trust  Accounts in  accordance  with such Trust
Agreement.  No such waiver shall impair the Securityholders' rights with respect
to subsequent defaults.

Amendment

         As more fully described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  each of
the Trust Agreements may be amended by the parties thereto,  without the consent
of the related  Securityholders,  for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing  in any  manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of such  Trust
Agreements  or of  modifying  in any manner the rights of such  Securityholders;
provided  that such action will not, in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to
the applicable  Trustee,  materially  and adversely  affect the interests of any
such  Securityholder and subject to the approval of any Credit Enhancer.  As may
be describe in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust Agreements may also
be amended by the Depositor,  the Servicer,  and the applicable Trustee with the
consent  of the  holders of  Securities  evidencing  at least a majority  of the
voting rights of such then outstanding  Securities for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of
such  Trust  Agreements  or of  modifying  in any  manner  the  rights  of  such
Securityholders;  provided,  however, that no such amendment may (i) increase or
reduce in any  manner  the  amount  of, or  accelerate  or delay the  timing of,
collections  of payments on the related  Receivables or  distributions  that are
required to be made for the benefit of such  Securityholders  or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid  percentage  of the  Securities  of such series  which are required to
consent to any such  amendment,  without the consent of the  Securityholders  of
such series.

Insolvency Event

         As described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if an  Insolvency
Event occurs with respect to a Debtor relating to the applicable Trust Fund, the
related Trust will terminate, and the Receivables held in the related Trust Fund
will be liquidated and each such Trust will be terminated 90 days after the date
of such  Insolvency  Event,  unless,  before the end of such 90-day period,  the
Trustee of such Trust shall have received written  instructions from 


                                       34
<PAGE>

each of the related  Securityholders  (other than the  Depositor)  and/or Credit
Enhancer to the effect that such party  disapproves  of the  liquidation of such
Receivables.  Promptly after the occurrence of any Insolvency Event with respect
to a Debtor,  notice  thereof is  required  to be given to such  Securityholders
and/or  Credit  Enhancer;  provided,  however,  that any  failure  to give  such
required  notice  will not  prevent  or delay  termination  of any  Trust.  Upon
termination of any Trust, the applicable Trustee shall direct that the assets of
such Trust be  promptly  sold  (other  than the  related  Trust  Accounts)  in a
commercially  reasonable  manner  and  on  commercially  reasonable  terms.  The
proceeds from any such sale, disposition or liquidation of such Receivables will
be treated as  collections  on such  Receivables  and  deposited  in the related
Collection Account. If the proceeds from the liquidation of such Receivables and
any  amounts  on  deposit  in the  Reserve  Account,  if any,  and  the  related
Distribution  Account are not  sufficient  to pay the  Securities of the related
series in full, and no additional Credit Enhancement is available, the amount of
principal  returned to  Securityholders  will be reduced and some or all of such
Securityholders will incur a loss.

         Each Trust Agreement will provide that the applicable  Trustee does not
have the power to commence a voluntary  proceeding in bankruptcy with respect to
any related Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all Certificateholders
(including the Depositor,  if applicable) of such Trust and the delivery to such
Trustee by each such  Certificateholder  of a certificate  certifying  that such
Certificateholder reasonably believes that such Trust is insolvent.

Termination

         With respect to each Trust,  the  obligations of the related  Servicer,
the related Originator(s),  the Depositor and the applicable Trustee pursuant to
the related Trust  Agreement will terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) the
maturity or other liquidation of the last related Receivable and the disposition
of any amounts received upon  liquidation of any such remaining  Receivables and
(ii) the  payment  to  Securityholders  of the  related  series  of all  amounts
required  to be paid to them  pursuant  to such Trust  Agreement.  As more fully
described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  in order to avoid  excessive
administrative expense, the related Servicer will be permitted in respect of the
applicable  Trust Fund,  unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, at its option to purchase from such Trust Fund, as of the end of any
Collection  Period  immediately  preceding  a Payment  Date,  if the  Discounted
Contract  Balance of the related  Contracts is less than a specified  percentage
(set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement) of the initial Pool Balance in
respect of such Trust Fund, all such  remaining  Receivables at a price equal to
the aggregate of the Purchase  Amounts  thereof as of the end of such Collection
Period. The related Securities will be redeemed following such purchase.

         If and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement with
respect to a Trust Fund, the applicable  Trustee will, within ten days following
a  Payment  Date as of which  the  Pool  Balance  is  equal to or less  than the
percentage  of the initial  Pool  Balance  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  solicit bids for the purchase of the Receivables  remaining in such
Trust,  in the manner and subject to the terms and  conditions set forth in such
Prospectus  Supplement.  If such Trustee receives satisfactory bids as described
in such Prospectus Supplement, then the Receivables remaining in such Trust Fund
will be sold to the highest bidder.

         As more fully  described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any
outstanding  Notes of the  related  series will be  redeemed  concurrently  with
either of the events  specified  above and the  subsequent  distribution  to the
related  Certificateholders  of all amounts  required to be  distributed to them
pursuant to the  applicable  Trust  Agreement  may effect the  prepayment of the
Certificates of such series.

                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

General

         The Contracts that comprise the Receivables  will be "chattel paper" as
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code. Pursuant to the UCC for most purposes, a
sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to a transaction creating a
security  interest in chattel paper. The Depositor,  the related Servicer and/or
the related  Originator(s)  will cause the filing of appropriate UCC-1 financing
statements to be made with the appropriate governmental  


                                       35
<PAGE>

authorities.  Under the Trust Agreement,  the related Servicer will be obligated
from time to time to take such  actions as are  necessary to protect and perfect
the Trust's or the Trustee's interests in the Contracts and their proceeds.

The Equipment

         The related  Originator will convey such  Originator's  interest in the
related Equipment to the Depositor.  UCC financing  statements will not be filed
to perfect any security interest in the Equipment unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Moreover,  in the event of the repossession
and resale of Equipment, it may be subject to a superior lien. In such case, the
senior lienholder may be entitled to be paid the full amount of the indebtedness
owed to it out of the sale proceeds before such proceeds could be applied to the
payment of claims of the related Servicer on behalf of the Trust.

         In the event of a default by the Lessee, the related Servicer on behalf
of the related  Trustee may take action to enforce  such  Defaulted  Contract by
repossession and resale of the leased Equipment. Under the UCC in most states, a
creditor can,  without prior notice to the debtor,  repossess  assets securing a
defaulted  contract by the  Lessee's  voluntary  surrender  of such assets or by
"self-help"  repossession  that  does not  involve  a breach of the peace and by
judicial process.

         In the event of a default by the  Lessee,  some  jurisdictions  require
that the Lessee be notified  of the  default  and be given a time period  within
which it may cure the default prior to  repossession.  Generally,  this right of
reinstatement  may be exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year
period.

         The UCC and other state laws place restrictions on repossession  sales,
including requirements that the secured party provide the Lessee with reasonable
notice of the date,  time and place of any  public  sale  and/or  the date after
which any private sale of the  collateral  may be held and that any such sale be
conducted in a commercially  reasonable manner. Each Trust Agreement may require
the  related  Servicer  to sell  promptly  any  repossessed  item of  Equipment,
reacquire  such Equipment from the Trust Fund, re - lease such Equipment for the
benefit of the  Securityholders  or take such other  action as  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

         Under most state laws, a Lessee has the right to redeem  collateral for
its  obligations  prior to actual  sale by paying the  secured  party the unpaid
balance of the obligation plus reasonable expenses for repossession, holding and
preparing the collateral for  disposition  and arranging for its sale,  plus, to
the extent  provided for in the written  agreement  of the  parties,  reasonable
attorneys' fees.

         In  addition,  because the market  value of the  equipment  of the type
financed pursuant to the Receivables  generally declines with age and because of
obsolescence,  the net  disposition  proceeds  of leased  Equipment  at any time
during  the term of the lease may be less than the  outstanding  balance  on the
Contract principal balance which it secures.  Because of this, and because other
creditors may have rights in the related leased  Equipment  superior to those of
the related  Trust Fund,  the  related  Servicer  may not be able to recover the
entire amount due on a Defaulted Contract in the event that such Servicer elects
to repossess and sell such leased Equipment at any time.

         Under  the UCC and  laws  applicable  in most  states,  a  creditor  is
entitled to obtain a deficiency  judgment  from a Lessee for any  deficiency  on
repossession  and  resale of the  asset  securing  the  unpaid  balance  of such
Lessee's contract.  However,  some states impose  prohibitions or limitations on
deficiency judgments. In most jurisdictions the courts, in interpreting the UCC,
would  impose upon a creditor an  obligation  to  repossess  the  equipment in a
commercially  reasonable  manner  and to  "mitigate  damages"  in the event of a
Lessee's  failure to cure a default.  The creditor would be required to exercise
reasonable  judgment and follow  acceptable  commercial  practice in seizing and
disposing of the  equipment  and to offset the net proceeds of such  disposition
against its claim. In addition,  a Lessee may successfully invoke an election of
remedies defense to a deficiency claim in the event that the related  Servicer's
repossession  and  sale of the  leased  Equipment  is  found  to be a  retention
discharging the Lessee from all further  obligations under UCC Section 9-505(2).
If a deficiency judgment were granted, the judgment would be a personal judgment
against  the Lessee for the  shortfall,  but a  defaulting  Lessee may have very
little capital or sources of income available following repossession. Therefore,
in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency  judgment or, if one is
obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount.


                                       36
<PAGE>

         Certain  statutory  provisions,  including federal and state bankruptcy
and  insolvency  laws,  may also limit the  ability of the  related  Servicer to
repossess and resell collateral or obtain a deficiency judgment. In the event of
the  bankruptcy  or  reorganization  of a  Lessee,  various  provisions  of  the
Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (the  "Bankruptcy  Code") and related laws may interfere
with or  eliminate  the  ability of the  Servicer  or the Trustee to enforce its
rights under the  Receivables.  If  bankruptcy  proceedings  were  instituted in
respect of a Lessee,  the Trustee could be prevented from  continuing to collect
payments  due from or on  behalf  of such  Lessee  or  exercising  any  remedies
assigned to such Trustee without the approval of the bankruptcy  court,  and the
bankruptcy  court  could  permit  the  Lessee to use or  dispose  of the  leased
Equipment and provide the Trustee with a lien on substitute collateral,  so long
as such substitute collateral constituted "adequate protection" as defined under
the Bankruptcy Code.

         In addition, certain of the Receivables may be leased by the Originator
to governmental  entities.  Payment by  governmental  authorities of amounts due
under such Contracts may be contingent upon legislative  approval.  Accordingly,
payment  delays  and  collection   difficulties  as  described  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement may limit collections with respect to certain governmental
Contracts.

         These  UCC and  bankruptcy  provisions,  in  addition  to the  possible
decrease in value of a repossessed item of Equipment  (equipment leased pursuant
to a Finance Lease or an Operating Lease),  may limit the amount realized on the
sale of the collateral to less than the amount due on the related Receivable.

                           CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will summarize,
subject to the  limitations  stated therein,  federal income tax  considerations
relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of such Securities.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will summarize,
subject  to  the  limitations  discussed  therein,  considerations  under  ERISA
relevant  to the  purchase of such  Securities  by  employee  benefit  plans and
individual retirement accounts.

                             METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION

         The Securities offered hereby and by the related Prospectus  Supplement
will be offered in series  through one or more of the methods  described  below.
The Prospectus  Supplement  prepared for each series will describe the method of
offering  being  utilized for that series and will state the public  offering or
purchase  price of such series and the net proceeds to the  Depositor  from such
sale.

         The  Depositor  intends  that  Securities  will be offered  through the
following  methods from time to time and that offerings may be made concurrently
through  more than one of these  methods  or that an  offering  of a  particular
series of Securities  may be made through a combination  of two or more of these
methods. Such methods are as follows:

         1. By  negotiated  firm  commitment  or best efforts  underwriting  and
public re-offering by underwriters;

         2. By placements by the Depositor with institutional  investors through
dealers;

         3. By direct placements by the Depositor with institutional  investors;
and

         4. By competitive bid.

         In  addition,  if  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a
series of  Securities  may be  offered in whole or in part in  exchange  for the
Receivables (and other assets, if applicable) that would comprise the Trust Fund
in respect of such Securities.


                                       37
<PAGE>

         If  underwriters  are used in a sale of any  Securities  (other than in
connection with an  underwriting on a best efforts basis),  such Securities will
be  acquired  by the  underwriters  for their own account and may be resold from
time to time in one or more transactions,  including negotiated transactions, at
fixed public  offering  prices or at varying prices to be determined at the time
of sale or at the time of commitment therefor.  The Securities will be set forth
on the  cover of the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to such  series  and the
members of the underwriting  syndicate, if any, will be named in such Prospectus
Supplement.

         In connection with the sale of the Securities, underwriters may receive
compensation from the Depositor or from purchasers of the Securities in the form
of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters and dealers participating
in the  distribution  of the  Securities  may be  deemed to be  underwriters  in
connection with such  Securities,  and any discounts or commissions  received by
them from the  Depositor  and any profit on the resale of Securities by them may
be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.
The  Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  any such  compensation  paid by the
Depositor.

         It is anticipated  that the  underwriting  agreement  pertaining to the
sale of any  series of  Securities  will  provide  that the  obligations  of the
underwriters  will  be  subject  to  certain  conditions  precedent,   that  the
underwriters  will be  obligated  to  purchase  all such  Securities  if any are
purchased  (other than in  connection  with an  underwriting  on a best  efforts
basis) and that,  in limited  circumstances,  the Depositor  will  indemnify the
several  underwriters and the underwriters  will indemnify the Depositor against
certain civil  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities Act or
will contribute to payments required to be made in respect thereof.

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  with  respect  to any  series  offered  by
placements through dealers will contain information regarding the nature of such
offering  and any  agreements  to be entered  into  between  the  Depositor  and
purchasers of Securities of such series.

         Purchasers of  Securities,  including  dealers,  may,  depending on the
facts and circumstances of such purchases, be deemed to be "underwriters" within
the meaning of the Securities Act in connection  with reoffers and sales by them
of Securities. Holders of Securities should consult with their legal advisors in
this regard prior to any such reoffer or sale.


                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Securities of any
series, including certain federal and state income tax consequences with respect
thereto,  will be passed upon by Dewey Ballantine,  New York, New York, or other
counsel specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         A Trust Fund will be formed with  respect to each Series of  Securities
and no Trust Fund will engage in any business  activities  or have any assets or
obligations  prior to the issuance of the related Series of  Securities,  except
for serial  issuances by a Master  Trust.  The  Depositor's  activities  will be
limited  solely to the  activities  of Trust Funds to be formed with  respect to
each Series of Securities.  Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to
any Trust Fund will be included in this Prospectus or in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

         A Prospectus  Supplement  may contain the  financial  statements of the
related Credit Enhancer, if any.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         This  Prospectus,  together  with the  Prospectus  Supplement  for each
series of Securities, contains a summary of the material terms of the applicable
exhibits to the Registration  Statement and the documents referred to herein and
therein.  Copies of such  exhibits are on file at the offices of the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and may be  obtained at rates
prescribed  by  the  Commission  upon  request  to  the  Commission  and  may be
inspected, without charge, at the Commission's offices.


                                       38
<PAGE>

                                 INDEX OF TERMS

         Set forth below is a list of the defined terms used in this  Prospectus
and the pages on which the definitions of such terms may be found herein.

Article 2A....................................................................18
Bankruptcy Code...............................................................16
Cede..........................................................................11
CEDEL Participants............................................................27
Certificates...................................................................1
Class..........................................................................1
Collection Account............................................................30
Collection Period.............................................................31
Commission.....................................................................2
Contracts...................................................................1, 5
Cooperative...................................................................27
Credit Enhancement............................................................18
Credit Enhancer...............................................................18
Debt Securities...............................................................13
Definitive Securities.........................................................28
Depositaries..................................................................25
Depositor......................................................................4
Direct Participants...........................................................18
Distribution Account..........................................................30
DTC...........................................................................11
Eligible Deposit Account......................................................30
Eligible Investments..........................................................30
Equipment......................................................................1
Equity Certificates............................................................9
ERISA.........................................................................13
Euroclear Operator............................................................27
Euroclear Participants........................................................27
Exchange Act...................................................................2
FASB13........................................................................10
Finance Leases................................................................10
Finance Subsidiary............................................................16
Fixed Income Securities........................................................7
Grantor Trust Securities......................................................13
Indenture......................................................................6
Indenture Trustee..............................................................6
Indirect Participants.........................................................18
Insolvency Event..............................................................34
Insolvency Laws...............................................................16
Interest Rate...............................................................2, 7
Investment Company Act.........................................................9
Investment Earnings...........................................................30
Issuer.........................................................................1
Lease.........................................................................10
Lessee........................................................................10
Lessor........................................................................10
Master Trust...................................................................9
Master Trust Agreement.........................................................9
Master Trust New Issuance.....................................................24
Notes..........................................................................1
Originator.....................................................................1


                                       39

<PAGE>

Participants..................................................................25
Partnership Interests.........................................................13
Pass-Through Rate..............................................................2
Payment Date...................................................................8
Policy.........................................................................1
Pool Balance..................................................................22
Pool Factor...................................................................21
Pooling Agreement..............................................................6
Pre-Funding Account...........................................................11
Pre-Funding Period............................................................11
Prepayment....................................................................18
Prospectus Supplement..........................................................1
Ratings Effect................................................................17
Receivables.................................................................1, 8
Receivables Acquisition Agreement.............................................20
Record Date....................................................................8
Registration Statement.........................................................2
Remittance Period..............................................................8
Rules.........................................................................26
Securities Act.................................................................2
Security Insurer..............................................................12
Securityholders................................................................8
Senior Securities..............................................................7
Servicer.......................................................................1
Servicer Defaults.............................................................33
Servicing Agreement............................................................6
Servicing Fee.................................................................31
Servicing Fee Rate............................................................31
Strip Securities...............................................................7
Subordinate Securities.........................................................7
Sub-Servicer...................................................................4
Terms and Conditions..........................................................27
Transferor.....................................................................4
Trust..........................................................................1
Trust Accounts................................................................30
Trust Agreement................................................................6
Trust Fund.....................................................................5
Trustee........................................................................6
Vendor.........................................................................4


                                       40
<PAGE>

================================================================================

     No  person  has  been  authorized  to give any  information  or to make any
representations  other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus  Supplement or the  Prospectus  in connection  with the offer made by
this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  Prospectus  and,  if given or made,  such
information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the  Depositor or by the  Underwriter.  This  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
Prospectus do not constitute an offer or  solicitation by anyone in any state in
which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making
such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is
unlawful to make such offer or  solicitation.  The  delivery of this  Prospectus
Supplement or the Prospectus at any time does not imply that information  herein
or therein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date.

                                   ----------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Available Information .....................................................  S-2
Reports to Noteholders ....................................................  S-2
Summary of Terms ..........................................................  S-3
Risk Factors .............................................................. S-18
The Receivables ........................................................... S-18
The Transferor ............................................................ S-26
First Sierra .............................................................. S-26
The Servicer .............................................................. S-29
Formation of the Trust .................................................... S-30
Description of the Notes .................................................. S-31
The Indenture Trustee ..................................................... S-51
The Owner Trustee ......................................................... S-52
Prepayment and Yield Considerations ....................................... S-52
The Note Insurance Policy and the Note Insurer ............................ S-55
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations ................................. S-59
State and Local Tax Considerations ........................................ S-61
ERISA Considerations ...................................................... S-61
Ratings ................................................................... S-62
Method of Distribution .................................................... S-62
Report of Experts ......................................................... S-63
Legal Matters ............................................................. S-63
Index of Principal Defined Terms ..........................................    i

                                   PROSPECTUS

Prospectus Supplement .....................................................    2
Available Information .....................................................    2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference ...........................    2
Reports to Securityholders ................................................    3
Summary of Terms ..........................................................    4
Special Considerations ....................................................   15
The Trust Funds ...........................................................   19
The Issuers ...............................................................   20
The Receivables ...........................................................   20
Pool Factors ..............................................................   21
Use of Proceeds ...........................................................   22
The Depositor .............................................................   22
The Trustee ...............................................................   22
Description of the Securities .............................................   23
Description of the Trust Agreement ........................................   29
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables ..................................   35
Certain Tax Considerations ................................................   37
ERISA Considerations ......................................................   37
Methods of Distribution ...................................................   37
Legal Opinions ............................................................   38
Financial Information .....................................................   38
Additional Information ....................................................   38
Index of Terms ............................................................   39

                                   ----------

     Until 90 days after the date of this  Prospectus  Supplement,  all  dealers
effecting  transactions in the Class A Notes,  whether or not  participating  in
this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a  Prospectus  Supplement  and a
Prospectus.  This is in  addition  to the  obligation  of  dealers  to deliver a
Prospectus  Supplement  and a Prospectus  when acting as  underwriters  and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================



================================================================================

                          First Sierra Financial, Inc.
                              Prudential Securities
                          Secured Financing Corporation


                                  $210,000,000
                                  (approximate)


                                 ___% Equipment
                                 Contract-Backed
                                 Notes, Class A


                             First Sierra Equipment
                              Contract Trust 1997-1


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       Prudential Securities Incorporated


                                  First Union
                             Capital Markets Corp.


                               September __, 1997

================================================================================
 


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission